+ All Categories
Home > Documents > GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT...

GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT...

Date post: 01-Mar-2021
Category:
Upload: others
View: 5 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
330
GE Fanuc Automation Computer Numerical Control Products Manual Guide i Setup Guidance Functions Operator's Manual GFZ-63874EN-1/02 March 2003
Transcript
Page 1: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

GE Fanuc Automation

Computer Numerical Control Products Manual Guide i Setup Guidance Functions Operator's Manual GFZ-63874EN-1/02 March 2003

Page 2: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

GFL-001

Warnings, Cautions, and Notesas Used in this Publication

Warning

Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages, currents,temperatures, or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment ormay be associated with its use.

In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment, aWarning notice is used.

Caution

Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken.

NoteNotes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding andoperating the equipment.

This document is based on information available at the time of its publication. While effortshave been made to be accurate, the information contained herein does not purport to cover alldetails or variations in hardware or software, nor to provide for every possible contingency inconnection with installation, operation, or maintenance. Features may be described hereinwhich are not present in all hardware and software systems. GE Fanuc Automation assumesno obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made.

GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty, expressed, implied, or statutorywith respect to, and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, sufficiency, orusefulness of the information contained herein. No warranties of merchantability or fitness forpurpose shall apply.

©Copyright 2003 GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.

All Rights Reserved.

Page 3: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 PREFACE

p-1

PREFACEUsing the set-up guidance functions of MANUAL GUIDE i requiresthe set-up guidance options.Probes, touch sensors, and other measuring instruments are requiredto enable the set-up guidance.Refer to the manual published by the machine tool builder of yourmachine for details.

For the basic operations of MANUAL GUIDE i, refer to theOperator’s Manual (B-63874EN) separately supplied with MANUALGUIDE i.

Page 4: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE
Page 5: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFACE.................................................................................................. p-11 MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS..............................................1

1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN........................................................21.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE........................................................................................... 21.1.2 Selecting TOOL MESUR........................................................................................ 31.1.3 Selecting WORK SET............................................................................................. 41.1.4 Selecting MEASURE .............................................................................................. 5

1.2 CALIBRATION...............................................................................................61.2.1 TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT................................................. 61.2.2 PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION........................................................................ 91.2.3 STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION ................................................... 131.2.4 STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A .............................................................. 171.2.5 STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B............................................................... 20

1.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT ..............................................................................231.4 WORK SET..................................................................................................31

1.4.1 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS ................................... 311.4.2 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE................................................. 381.4.3 OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 401.4.4 INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT ............................................................. 471.4.5 OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT................................................................. 481.4.6 INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT..................................................................... 541.4.7 C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDE GROOVE............................ 551.4.8 C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF INSIDE CAVE ..................................... 59

1.5 MEASURE ...................................................................................................601.5.1 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS ................................... 601.5.2 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE X-AXIS................................... 651.5.3 OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT ......................................................... 661.5.4 INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT ............................................................. 691.5.5 OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT................................................................. 701.5.6 INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT..................................................................... 73

2 MEASUREMENT CYCLE.....................................................................742.1 MEASUREMENT SCREEN SELECTION....................................................752.2 CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)............................................80

2.2.1 Touch Sensor Position Measurement .................................................................... 80

Page 6: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

TABLE OF CONTENTS B-63874EN-1/02

c-2

2.2.2 Probe Length Measurement................................................................................... 892.2.3 Stylus Ball Diameter Measurement....................................................................... 932.2.4 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-A............................................................ 982.2.5 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-B .......................................................... 104

2.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)..............................1092.3.1 Milling Tool Measurement.................................................................................. 1092.3.2 Turning Tool Measurement ................................................................................. 121

2.4 WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION) ..............................................1292.4.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1292.4.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1352.4.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1372.4.4 Outside Diameter Measurement .......................................................................... 1392.4.5 Inside Diameter Measurement............................................................................. 1462.4.6 Outside Width Measurement ............................................................................... 1492.4.7 Inside Width Measurement.................................................................................. 1542.4.8 C-axis Outside Width Measurement.................................................................... 1572.4.9 C-axis Inside Width Measurement ...................................................................... 162

2.5 MEASURE (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION) ................................................1652.5.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1652.5.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1692.5.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 1702.5.4 Outside Diameter Measurement .......................................................................... 1712.5.5 Inside Diameter Measurement............................................................................. 1762.5.6 Outside Width Measurement ............................................................................... 1802.5.7 Inside Width Measurement.................................................................................. 182

2.6 CALIBRATION (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)..........................................1832.6.1 Touch Sensor Position Measurement .................................................................. 1832.6.2 Probe Length Measurement................................................................................. 1882.6.3 Stylus Ball Diameter Measurement..................................................................... 1912.6.4 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-A.......................................................... 1952.6.5 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-B .......................................................... 199

2.7 TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL X-AXIS DIRECTION)..............................2022.7.1 Milling Tool Measurement.................................................................................. 2022.7.2 Turning Tool Measurement ................................................................................. 209

2.8 WORK SET (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION) ..............................................2152.8.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 2152.8.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 217

Page 7: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-3

2.8.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 2192.8.4 Outside Diameter Measurement .......................................................................... 2202.8.5 Inside Diameter Measurement............................................................................. 2242.8.6 Outside Width Measurement ............................................................................... 2272.8.7 Inside Width Measurement.................................................................................. 2312.8.8 C-axis Outside Width Measurement.................................................................... 2342.8.9 C-axis Inside Width Measurement ...................................................................... 237

2.9 MEASURE (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)................................................2402.9.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 2402.9.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 2412.9.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement ......................................................... 2422.9.4 Outside Diameter Measurement .......................................................................... 2432.9.5 Inside Diameter Measurement............................................................................. 2472.9.6 Outside Width Measurement ............................................................................... 2502.9.7 Inside Width Measurement.................................................................................. 251

2.10 SETTING OF A RANGE FOR DISABLING FEEDBACK ...........................252

3 MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS .............................................2533.1 SETTING MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS...............................................254

3.1.1 SETTING OF MEASURE CONDITON............................................................. 2553.1.2 Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF TOOL MEASUREMENT...................... 2563.1.3 Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF WORK SET/MEASURE ....................... 2573.1.4 Outputting Measurement Conditions to Memory Cards ..................................... 2593.1.5 Inputting Measurement Conditions from Memory Cards ................................... 260

3.2 SETTING AND REFERENCING CALIBRATION DATA ............................2613.2.1 Selecting the CALIBRATION Screen................................................................. 2613.2.2 Setting Calibration Data ...................................................................................... 2623.2.3 Referencing and Setting Touch Sensor Position Data......................................... 2633.2.4 Referencing and Setting Probe Form Data .......................................................... 2653.2.5 Outputting Calibration Data to Memory Cards ................................................... 2663.2.6 Inputting Calibration Data from Memory Cards ................................................. 267

3.3 SUPPORT FOR INCH/METRIC SWITCHING WITH THE SET-UPGUIDANCE FUNCTIONS ..........................................................................2683.3.1 Data Display ........................................................................................................ 2683.3.2 Data Input/Output ................................................................................................ 269

4 MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS ..............................2704.1 MEASUREMENT RESULT LIST SCREENS.............................................271

Page 8: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

TABLE OF CONTENTS B-63874EN-1/02

c-4

4.1.1 Displaying the RESULT Screen.......................................................................... 2714.1.2 Data Displayed on the RESULT Screen.............................................................. 2724.1.3 Clearing Measurement Result List Data.............................................................. 274

4.2 OUTPUTTING THE MEASUREMENT RESULT LIST TO MEMORYCARADS....................................................................................................2754.2.1 Outputting Meurement Result List Data to Memory Cards ................................ 2754.2.2 Output Format...................................................................................................... 276

5 SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT ..............................................2775.1 TOOL MEASUREMENT (MANUAL MEASUREMENT) .............................278

5.1.1 Selecting the TOOL MEASUREMENT Screen ................................................. 2785.1.2 Displays on the Screen ........................................................................................ 278

5.2 POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (MANUAL MEASUREMENT) .............2825.2.1 Selecting the MEASURE Screen ........................................................................ 2825.2.2 Displays on the Screen ........................................................................................ 282

5.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT (AUTOMATIC MEASUREMENT).......................2865.3.1 Selecting the TOOL MEASUREMENT Screen ................................................. 2865.3.2 Displays on the Screen ........................................................................................ 286

5.4 POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (AUTOMATIC MEASUREMENT) .......2895.4.1 Selecting the MEASURE Screen ........................................................................ 2895.4.2 Displays on the Screen ........................................................................................ 289

APPENDIX

A PARAMETERS...................................................................................295A.1 REQUIRED PARAMETERS ......................................................................296A.2 PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS.................................................................297

B ALARMS ............................................................................................300C CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER...................304

C.1 CUSTOMIZATION FOR OPERATING THE SET-UP GUIDANCEFUNCTIONS..............................................................................................305C.1.1 Customization for Operating Manual Measurement ........................................... 305C.1.2 Customization for Performing Tool Change from the Tool Measurement

Screen for Manual Measurement......................................................................... 307C.1.3 Support for a Machine with a CNC for Combined Machine Tools .................... 308

C.2 OTHER CUSTOMIZATION OPERATIONS ...............................................309C.2.1 User Macro Program Called for Measurement Execution .................................. 309C.2.2 Recalculation Processing Using a Measurement Result List .............................. 314

Page 9: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 1 -

1 MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

Page 10: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 2 -

1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN

1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

<1> The following main menu soft keys are displayed when themachine is in the manual operation mode.

<2> Press the [MESURE] key. The menu for the measurementpreparation function appears.

<3> Using the [↑] and [↓] cursor keys, select a measurement itemand press [SELECT]. The corresponding measurement screenappears.

Page 11: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 3 -

1.1.2 Selecting TOOL MESUR

<1> The following main menu soft keys are displayed when themachine is in the manual operation mode.

<2> Press the [MESURE] key. The menu for the measurementpreparation function appears.

<3> Press the [→] menu select screen cursor key of the measurementpreparation function. The tool measurement function menuappears as shown below.

<4> Press [SELECT]. The tool measurement screen appears.

Page 12: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 4 -

1.1.3 Selecting WORK SET

<1> The following main menu soft keys are displayed when themachine is in the manual operation mode.

<2> Press the [MESURE] key. The menu for the measurementpreparation function appears.

<3> Press the [→] cursor key on the measurement preparationfunction menu twice. The centering function menu appears asshown below.

<4> Using the [↑] and [↓] cursor keys, select a measurement item,and press [SELECT]. The corresponding measurement screenappears.

Page 13: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 5 -

1.1.4 Selecting MEASURE

<1> The following main menu soft keys are displayed when themachine is in the manual operation mode.

<2> Press the [MESURE] key. The menu for the measurementpreparation function appears.

<3> Press the [→] cursor key on the measurement preparationfunction menu three times. The post-machining inspectionfunction menu appears as shown below.

<4> Using the [↑] and [↓] cursor keys, select a measurement item,and press [SELECT]. The corresponding measurement screenappears.

Page 14: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 6 -

1.2 CALIBRATION

1.2.1 TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT from

the measurement preparation function menu.

<2> Get the reference tool close to the touch sensor by moving itmanually.

NOTEPlace the reference tool in such a safe place thatwhen measurement is performed, that is, the tooltouches the touch sensor, it will not touch theworkpiece or machine.

<3> Select "MEASURE DIRECTION" from the [+X], [-X], [+Y], [-Y], [+Z], and [-Z] soft keys

<4> In "MEASURE CONDITION," select a measurement condition.

<5> Enter the reference tool dimensions in "REFERENCE TOOLLENGTH" and "REFERENCE TOOL X-OFFSET."

Page 15: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 7 -

<6> Press the [MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the referenceworkpiece automatically, and the current position of themeasurement point is displayed as the measurement result.

<7> Press the [→] cursor key. The "SET" screen appears.

<8> Specify a condition for which the measurement result is to be setby selecting it from the two or more "MEASURE CONDITION"items, using a number.The number corresponding to the measurement conditionspecified on the "MEASURE" tab is displayed by default.This "MEASURE CONDITION" is referenced at toolmeasurement.

<9> When the "MEASURE CONDITION" is selected for the itemfor which the measurement result is to be set, the value set up asthe current touch sensor position for the measurement conditionis displayed.

<10>In "SET AXIS," select the coordinate axis for which themeasurement result is to be set from the soft keys.

Page 16: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 8 -

<11>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set up as the measurement preparationdata.

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the tool close to the touch sensor by moving it manually.<2> Within the range (α + γ) from the measurement start point, the

tool moves at a feedrate of f1 to perform the first measurementcycle.

<3> Then, the tool returns through the distance β at the rapid traverserate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position, the toolmoves at a specified feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the tool returns through thedistance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycle

Touch sensortop surface

γTouch sensor

Toollength

α

Tool

Measurementstart point

D

Page 17: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 9 -

1.2.2 PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION

Measurement procedure<1> Select PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION from the

measurement preparation function menu.

<2> Get the probe close to the measurement reference workpiecesuch as a ring gauge by moving it manually.

NOTEPlace the probe in such a safe place that whenmeasurement is performed, that is, the probetouches the reference workpiece, the probe will nottouch the workpiece or machine.

<3> After moving the probe, select a measure direction from the [-X]and [-Z] soft keys.

<4> In "MEASURE CONDITION," select a measure condition.

Page 18: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 10 -

<5> Enter the height of the measurement reference workpiece in"REFERENCE WORK HEIGHT."

<6> Press the [MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the referenceworkpiece automatically, and the current position of themeasurement point is displayed as the measurement result.

<7> Press the [→] cursor key. The "SET" screen appears.

<8> Specify a condition for which the measurement result is to be setby selecting it from the two or more "MEASURE CONDITION"items, using a number.The number corresponding to the measurement conditionspecified on the "MEASURE" tab is displayed by default.This "MEASURE CONDITION" is referenced at workpiecemeasurement.

Page 19: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 11 -

<9> Select the "MEASURE CONDITION" for the item to which themeasurement result is to be set. The currently set value for theprobe length for the measurement condition appears.

<10>After selecting the measurement condition, press the [SET] softkey. The measurement result is set as the measurementpreparation data.

Page 20: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 12 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the probe close to the top surface of the reference workpieceby moving it manually.

<2> Within the range (α + γ) from the measurement start point, theprobe moves at a feedrate of f1 to perform the first measurementcycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a specified feedrate of f2 to perform thesecond measurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the probe returns throughthe distance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycle

Referenceworkpiece

Probelength

Probe

Measurementstart point Workpiece

top surfaceγ

Page 21: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 13 -

1.2.3 STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION

Measurement procedure<1> Select STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION from the

measurement preparation function menu.

<2> Enter the diameter of the measurement reference workpiece in"REFERENCE WORK DIAMETER."

<3> Press the [→] cursor key. The "MEASURE" screen appears.

<4> In "MEASURE DIRECTION," select a measurement plane fromthe [X-Y] and [Y-Z] soft keys.The subsequent input item name, input value, and measurementresult axis address vary depending on what plane was selected.(See "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" in "WORKSET" for details.)

Page 22: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 14 -

<5> In "MEASURE CONDITION," select a measure condition.

<6> Place the probe in the first measurement start position for themeasurement reference workpiece such as a ring gauge bymoving it manually.

<7> In "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT," select a measurementdirection from the soft keys.

<8> Press the [MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the referenceworkpiece automatically, and the current position of themeasurement point is displayed as the measurement result.

Page 23: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 15 -

<9> Perform measurement for the second, third, and fourth points inthe same manner as for the first point.

<10>Press the [→] cursor key. The "SET" screen appears.

<11>Using a number, specify a condition for which the measurementresult is to be set by selecting it from the two or more"MEASURE CONDITION" items.The number corresponding to the measurement conditionspecified on the "MEASURE" tab is displayed by default.This "MASURE CONDITION" is referenced at workpiecemeasurement.

<12>Select the "MEASURE CONDITION" for the item to which themeasurement result is to be set. The currently set value for thestylus ball diameter for the measurement condition appears.

Page 24: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 16 -

<13>After selecting the measurement condition, press the [SET] softkey. The measurement result is set as the measurementpreparation data.

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ) from the current position to perform thefirst measurement cycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> The probe returns through the distance ε at the rapid traverserate.

αβ

First measurement cycleSecond measurement cycleMeasurement

start point

Measurementsurfaceγ

Page 25: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 17 -

1.2.4 STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A

(*) The spindle orientation function is used for this function.Measurement procedure

<1> Select STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A from themeasurement preparation function menu.

<2> Enter the diameter of the measurement reference workpiece in"REFERENCE WORK DIAMETER."

<3> Press the [→] cursor key. The "MEASURE" screen appears.

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for"STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION"applies to "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A."See "STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION"for details.

Page 26: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 18 -

<4> Press the [→] cursor key. The "SET" screen appears.

<5> Specify a condition for which the measurement result is to be setby selecting it from the two or more "MEASURE CONDITION"items, using a number.The number corresponding to the measurement conditionspecified on the "MEASURE" tab is displayed by default.This "MEASURE CONDITION" is referenced at workpiecemeasurement.

<6> When the "MEASURE CONDITION" is selected for the itemfor which the measurement result is to be set, the value set up asthe current stylus ball center offset for the measurementcondition is displayed.

<7> After selecting the measurement condition, press the [SET] softkey. The measurement result is set as the measurementpreparation data.

Page 27: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 19 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ) from the current position to perform thefirst measurement cycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from current position, theprobe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> The probe returns again through the distance β at the rapidtraverse speed to perform 180° spindle orientation.

<5> Within the range (β + γ) from the current position, the probemoves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the third measurementcycle.

<6> After the third measurement cycle, the probe returns through thedistance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

<7> Again, 0° spindle orientation is performed.

α β

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycleMeasurementstart point

Measurementsurfaceγ

Page 28: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 20 -

1.2.5 STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B

NOTEIt is necessary to place a reference workpiece suchas a ring gauge accurately on the table whosecenter position is known.

Measurement procedure<1> Select STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B from the

measurement preparation function menu.

<2> Enter the coordinates of the center position of the measurementreference workpiece in "CENTER COORDINATE."Use the coordinates in the machine coordinate system to specifythe position.

<3> Press the [→] cursor key. The "MEASURE" screen appears.

Page 29: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 21 -

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for"STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION"applies to "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B."See "STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION"for details.

<4> Press the [→] cursor key. The "SET" screen appears.

<5> Using a number, specify a condition for which the measurementresult is to be set by selecting it from the two or more"MEASURE CONDITION" items.The number corresponding to the measurement conditionspecified on the "MEASURE" tab is displayed by default.This "MEASURE CONDITION" is referenced at workpiecemeasurement.

<6> When the "MEASURE CONDITION" is selected for the itemfor which the measurement result is to be set, the value set up asthe current stylus ball center offset for the measurementcondition is displayed.

Page 30: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 22 -

<7> After selecting the measurement condition, press the [SET] softkey. The measurement result is set as the measurementpreparation data.

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for STYLUSBALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION applies to"STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B."See "STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION"for details.

Page 31: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 23 -

1.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select TOOL MEASUREMENT from the tool measurement

menu.

<2> If a measurement tool was already selected, go to the“MEASURE” screen.

<3> Place the spindle in a place where it is safe to exchange the tool.

<4> After entering the tool number for which measurements are to bemade, press the [INPUT] key.

<5> Press the [TL-SEL]soft key. The specified tool is selected.

<6> After the tool is selected, press [→] cursor key to select"MEASURE."

<7> Get the tool close to the touch sensor by moving it manually.NOTE

Place the tool in such a safe place that whenmeasurement is performed, that is, the tool touchesthe touch sensor, the measurement tool will nottouch the workpiece or machine.

<8> After moving the tool, select a measurement direction from the[+X], [-X], [+Y], [-Y], [+Z], and [-Z] soft keys.

Page 32: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 24 -

<9> In "MEASURE CONDITION," select a measure condition.

<10>Set up "MEASURE CONDITION."If more than one measurement condition can be specified in"TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT" formeasurement preparation, specify which measurement conditionis to be used in measurement.

<11>After entering data in "MEASURE DIRECTION," press the[MESURE] soft key. The tool touches the touch sensorautomatically, and the current position of the measurement pointis displayed as the measurement result.

Page 33: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 25 -

<12>After performing measurement, press the [→] cursor key toselect "T-TOOL."If you want to specify a milling tool offset number as the itemfor which the offset value is to be set, go to select "M-TOOL."

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-TOOL”screen is not displayed.

<13>Enter a turning tool offset number in "TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDE."When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

<14>In "OFFSET KIND," specify an offset value for which themeasurement result is to be set.

NOTE1 The "Y-axis offset" function is an option.2 The "tool geometry/wear offset" function is an

option.

Page 34: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 26 -

<15>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset.

NOTEWhen the "tool geometry/wear offset" function isavailable, the tool wear offset is specified as 0 if theoffset obtained in measurement is set as the toolgeometry offset. If the offset obtained inmeasurement is to be set as the tool wear offset, thedifference between the measurement result and theoriginal tool geometry offset value is set as the toolwear offset value.

<16>If you want to make measurements for another tool, return to the"T-SELECT" screen.

<17>Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a milling tool offset number as theitem for which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-TOOL” screen isnot displayed.

<18>Enter a milling tool offset number in "TOOL OFFSET NO. M-SIDE."When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed in the right section of the screen.

Page 35: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 27 -

<19>In "OFFSET KIND," specify an offset value for which themeasurement result is to be set.

NOTEThe "tool offset memory B" and "tool offset memoryC" functions are options.(The "tool offset memory B" option is unavailableon the NC for complex machining.)

<20>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEWhen the "tool geometry/wear offset" function isavailable, the tool wear offset is specified as 0 if theoffset obtained in measurement is set as the toolgeometry offset. If the offset obtained inmeasurement is to be set as the tool wear offset,the difference between the measurement result andthe original tool geometry offset value is set as thetool wear offset value.

<21>If you want to select another tool, press the [←] cursor key toreturn to the "T-SELECT" screen.

Page 36: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 28 -

NOTEBefore starting tool exchange, be sure to place thespindle in such a safe place that the tool will nottouch any other machine portion or the workpiece.Similarly, before starting measurements, be sure toplace the tool in such a safe place that the tool willnot touch any other machine portion or theworkpiece.

Tool selectionA tool select macro program specified in parameter No. 12387 is usedfor tool selection.

Page 37: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 29 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the tool close to the touch sensor by moving it manually.<2> Within the range (α + γ) from the measurement start point, the

tool moves at a feedrate of f1 to perform the first measurementcycle.

<3> Then, the tool returns through the distance β at the rapid traverserate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position, the toolmoves at a specified feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the tool returns through thedistance ε at the rapid traverse speed.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycle

Touchsensor topsurface

γTouch sensor

Toollength

α

Tool

Measurementstart point

D

Page 38: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 30 -

Referencing the tool offset value setting screenPress the [OFFSET] soft key on the tool measurement screen. Thefollowing screen appears.

<1> The data displayed here is the same as for the tool offset valueentry screen of the setting menu.

<2> When the cursor is in the screen switch mode, pressing the [←]or [→] cursor key switches the screen to "T:GEOM,""T:WEAR," or "M:OFFSET."

<3> Pressing the [CHCURS] soft key places the cursor in the dataentry mode. The cursor is placed on the offset value data,enabling you to enter data directly. Pressing a cursor key movesthe cursor to another piece of offset value data.

<4> Pressing [NO. SRH] displays a number search window, on whichit is possible to search for a tool offset number.

Display coordinate switchingPressing the [ACTPOS] soft key on the tool measurement screenenables you to switch the display coordinates displayed on the basescreen.Pressing the [PRESET] soft key enables you to set the origin of arelative coordinate system.

Page 39: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 31 -

1.4 WORK SET

1.4.1 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS

Measurement procedure<1> Select "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-

AXIS" from the centering menu select screen.

<2> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the measurementpoint where measurement is possible with the movement of theprobe along the axis in one direction.

<3> After moving the probe, select a measurement direction from the[+X], [-X], [+Y], [-Y], [+Z], and [-Z] soft keys.

<4> In "MEASURE CONDITION," select a measure condition.

<5> Set up "MEASURE CONDITION." If it is possible to specifymore than one measurement condition, specify here whichmeasurement condition is to be used for measurements.

Page 40: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 32 -

<6> After entering "MEASURE DIRECTION," press, the[MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the measurement pointautomatically, and the current position of the measurement pointis displayed as the measurement result.

<7> After making measurements, press the [→] cursor key. The "T-WORK" screen appears.If you want to set a milling tool workpiece origin offset numberas the item for which the offset value is to be set, select "M-WORK."

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-WORK” screen is not displayed.

<8> The measurement result appears on the screen. If you want tomake measurements only, quit the operation here.

Page 41: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 33 -

<9> In "WORK COORDINATE NO. T," specify a workpiececoordinate system for which the measurement result is to be set.(Descriptions of values to be entered)For G54 → Key in '54'.For G59→ Key in '59'.

If the coordinate system to be set is anything between G54 andG59, key in the corresponding number between "54" and "59."If the coordinate system to be set is one of the additionalworkpiece coordinate sets, enter as follows:(Descriptions of values to be entered)For G54.1P1 → Key in '1001'.For G54.1P48 → Key in '1048'.

NOTEThe "additional 48 workpiece coordinate systemsets" function is an option. This option isunavailable in the turning section of the NC forcomplex machining.

<10>When a workpiece coordinate system is selected, the currentworkpiece coordinate system data is displayed on the rightsection of the screen.

Page 42: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 34 -

<11>In "WORK COORDINATE VALUE," specify what coordinatesin the workpiece coordinate system are to be assigned to themeasurement point.

<12>Press the [SET] soft key. A value calculated from themeasurement result and the value specified in "WORKCOORIDANTE VALUE" is set as the data for the selectedworkpiece coordinate system.

<13>Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-WORK" screen, onwhich a milling tool offset number can be specified as the itemfor which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-WORK” screen isnot displayed.

Page 43: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 35 -

<14>The measurement result appears on the screen. If you want tomake measurements only, quit the operation here.Set values in "WORK COORDINATE NO. M" and "WORKCOORDINATE VALUE."

<15>For explanations about what to set, see the specification ofoperations on the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEThe "additional 48 workpiece coordinate systemsets" and "additional 300 workpiece coordinatesystem sets" functions are options. The "additional300 workpiece coordinate system sets" option isunavailable on the NC for complex machining.

<16>When a workpiece coordinate system is selected, the currentworkpiece coordinate system data is displayed on the rightsection of the screen.

<17>Press the [SET] soft key. A value calculated from themeasurement result and the value specified in "WORKCOORIDANTE VALUE" is set as the data for the selectedworkpiece coordinate system.

Page 44: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 36 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

● Measuring the end face along the X- or Y-axis

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ - stylus ball radius) from the currentposition to perform the first measurement cycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the probe returns throughthe distance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycleMeasurementstart point

Measurementsurfaceγ

Page 45: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 37 -

● Measuring the end face along the Z-axis

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ) from the current position to perform thefirst measurement cycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the probe returns throughthe distance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

Referencing the workpiece origin offset valuePress the [WRK CO] soft key. The workpiece origin offset valuedisplay window appears. This window lists the workpiece origin offsetvalues.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycleMeasurementstart point

Measurementsurfaceγ

Page 46: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 38 -

1.4.2 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE

Measurement procedure<1> Select "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE X-

AXIS" from the centering function menu select screen.

The contents of this screen and what data is input on it are the same asfor "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS."

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

● Measuring the end face along the Y- or Z-axis

Meaning Symbol in theexplanation

Feedrate in the first measurement cycle f1Approach distance in the first measurement cycle αReturn distance in the first measurement cycle βOvertravel distance at measurement γFeedrate in the second measurement cycle f2Return distance after contact in the secondmeasurement cycle ε

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ - stylus ball radius) from the currentposition to perform the first measurement cycle.

αβ

First measurement cycle

Second measurement cycleMeasurementstart point

Measurementsurfaceγ

Page 47: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 39 -

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the probe returns throughthe distance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

● Measuring the end face along the X-axis

<1> Get the probe close to the measurement position by moving itmanually.

<2> When measurement is started, the probe moves at a feedrate off1 in the range (α + γ) from the current position to perform thefirst measurement cycle.

<3> Then, the probe returns through the distance β at the rapidtraverse rate. Within the range (β + γ) from the current position,the probe moves at a feedrate of f2 to perform the secondmeasurement cycle.

<4> After the second measurement cycle, the probe returns throughthe distance ε at the rapid traverse rate.

αβ

First measurement cycleSecond measurement cycle

Measurementstart point

Measurementsurface

γ

Page 48: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 40 -

1.4.3 OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" from the

centering function menu select screen.

<2> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the measurementpoint so that measurement is possible with the movement of theprobe along the axis in one direction.

<3> In "MEASURE DIRECTION," select the measurement planefrom the [X-Y] and [Y-Z] soft keys.The subsequent input item name, input value, and measurementresult axis address vary depending on what plane was selected.(If [X-Y] is selected)

(If [Y-Z] is selected)

<4> Set up "MEASURE CONDITION."

Page 49: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 41 -

<5> When the cursor is placed on "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT,"the following screen appears.

<6> Select a measurement direction from the [+X], [-X], [+Y], [-Y],[+Z], and [-Z] soft keys.Usually, no change is needed.If you want to make measurements on another point, and thedesired measurement direction does not match the one displayedon the screen, select the desired measurement direction, usingthe soft keys.

NOTEIf the measurement plane specified in "MEASUREDIRECTION" does not match the measurementdirection for a measurement point, the warningmessage "The input range is invalid" is displayed.(Example) If [X-Y] is selected in "MEASURE

DIRECTION," and [+Z] is selected in"1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT."

<7> After entering data in "MEASURE DIRECTION," press the[MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the measurement pointautomatically, and the current position of the measurement pointis displayed as the measurement result.

Page 50: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 42 -

<8> Pressing the [↓] cursor key displays a guide chart for "2ND PT.MEASURE DIRECT."

<9> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the secondmeasurement point so that measurement is possible with themovement of the probe along the axis in one direction, and thenmake the same measurement as for the first measurement point.

<10>Similarly, make measurements for the third and fourthmeasurement points.

<11>In "ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP," select [ENABLE] or[DISABLE], using the corresponding soft key.

NOTEThe "spindle orientation function" is an option.

Page 51: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 43 -

<12>After measurements are made, placing the cursor on ameasurement point displayed on the "MEASURE" screen re-displays the measurement result on that point. Under thiscondition, pressing the [MESURE] soft key triggers re-measurements on the point.

<13>After measurements on the fourth point, press the [→] cursorkey to display the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-WORK” screen is not displayed.

Page 52: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 44 -

<14>Based on the measurement results on the four points, the centerposition is displayed on the screen. If you want to performmeasurements only, quit the operation here.The data to be displayed varies depending on what is entered in"MEASURE DIRECTION" on the "MEASURE" screen.(If [X-Y] selected)

(If [Y-Z] is selected)

<15>In "WORK COORDINATE NO. T," specify the workpiececoordinate system for which the measurement result is to be set.

<16>When a workpiece coordinate system is selected, the currentworkpiece coordinate system data is displayed on the rightsection of the screen.

<17>In "WORK COORDINATE VALUE," specify what coordinatesin the workpiece coordinate system are to be assigned to themeasurement point.

<18>Press the [SET] soft key. A value calculated from themeasurement result and the value specified in "WORKCOORIDANTE VALUE" is set as the data for the selectedworkpiece coordinate system.

Page 53: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 45 -

<19>Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-WORK" screen, onwhich a milling tool offset number can be specified.

For explanations about the operating procedure for this screen,see those for the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-WORK” screen isnot displayed.

Page 54: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 46 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

If [ENABLE] is selected for "ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP," thefollowing operations occur.<1> If the measurement plane is the X-Y plane, and measurements

are to be made in the "+X" direction, before startingmeasurements, orient the spindle at 0°. If the measurement planeis the Y-Z plane, the target is the "+Y" direction.

<2> If the measurement plane is the X-Y plane, and measurementsare to be made in the "-X" direction, before startingmeasurements, orient the spindle at 180°. If the measurementplane is the Y-Z plane, the target is the "-Y" direction.

<3> If the measurement plane is the X-Y plane, and measurementsare to be made in the "+Y" direction, before startingmeasurements, orient the spindle at 270°. If the measurementplane is the Y-Z plane, the target is the "+Z" direction.

<4> If the measurement plane is the X-Y plane, and measurementsare to be made in the "-Y" direction, before startingmeasurements, orient the spindle at 90°. If the measurementplane is the Y-Z plane, the target is the "-Z" direction.

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for SINGLESURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXISapplies to the above measurements.See "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENTPROBE Z-AXIS" for details.

Page 55: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 47 -

1.4.4 INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" from the

centering function menu select screen.

The items displayed on this screen and the operating procedure forthem are the same as for OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT.

MeasurementNOTE

The same measurement procedure as forOUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT applies toINSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT.See "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" fordetails.

Page 56: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 48 -

1.4.5 OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" from the

centering function menu select screen.

<2> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the firstmeasurement point so that measurement is possible with themovement of the probe along the axis in one direction.

<3> In "MEASURE DIRECTION," select the measurement planeand direction from [X-Y X], [X-Y Y], [Y-Z Y], and [Y-Z Z] softkeys.The subsequent input item name, input value, and measurementresult axis address vary depending on what plane was selected.(If [X-Y X] is selected)

(If [X-Y Y] or [Y-Z Y] is selected)

Page 57: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 49 -

(If [Y-Z Z] is selected)

<4> Set up "MEASURE CONDITION."

<5> Placing the cursor on "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT" displaysthe following screen.

<6> Select a measurement direction from the [+X], [-X], [+Y], [-Y],[+Z], and [-Z] soft keys.Usually, no change is needed.

<7> After entering data in "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT," press the[MESURE] soft key. The probe touches the measurement pointautomatically, and the current position of the measurement pointis displayed as the measurement result.

Page 58: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 50 -

<8> Pressing the [↓] cursor key displays a guide chart for "2ND PT.MEASURE DIRECT."

<9> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the secondmeasurement point so that measurement is possible with themovement of the probe along the axis in one direction, and thenmake the same measurement as for the first measurement point.

<10>After measurements are made, placing the cursor on ameasurement point displayed on the "MEASURE" screen re-displays the measurement result on that point. Under thiscondition, pressing the [MESURE] soft key triggers re-measurements on the point.

Page 59: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 51 -

<11>After measurements, press the [→] cursor key to display the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-WORK” screen is not displayed.

<12>Based on the measurement results on the two points, the centerposition and width are displayed on the screen. If you want toperform measurements only, quit the operation here.The data to be displayed varies depending on what is entered in"MEASURE DIRECTION" on the "MEASURE" screen.(If [X-Y X] is selected)

(If [X-Y Y] or [Y-Z Y] is selected)

Page 60: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 52 -

(If [Y-Z Z] is selected)

<13>In "WORK COORDINATE NO. T," specify the workpiececoordinate system for which the measurement result is to be set.

<14>When a workpiece coordinate system is selected, the currentworkpiece coordinate system data is displayed on the rightsection of the screen.

<15>In "WORK COORDINATE VALUE," specify what coordinatesin the workpiece coordinate system are to be assigned to themeasurement point.

<16>When the [SET] soft key is pressed, a value calculated from themeasurement result and the value specified in "WORKCOORIDANTE VALUE" is set as the data for the selectedworkpiece coordinate system.

<17>Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-WORK" screen, onwhich a milling tool offset number can be specified.

For explanations about the operating procedure for this screen,see those for the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-WORK” screen isnot displayed.

Page 61: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 53 -

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for SINGLESURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXISapplies to the above measurements.See "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENTPROBE Z-AXIS" for details.

Page 62: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 54 -

1.4.6 INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" from the centering

function menu select screen.

NOTEThe items displayed on this screen and theoperation procedure for them are the same as forOUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT.See "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" fordetails.

MeasurementNOTE

The same measurement procedure as forOUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT applies to theabove measurements.See "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" fordetails.

Page 63: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 55 -

1.4.7 C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDE GROOVE

Measurement procedure<1> Select "C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDE

GROOVE" from the workpiece measurement menu.

<2> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the firstmeasurement point so that measurement is possible with themovement of the probe along the axis in one direction.

<3> In "MEASURE CONDITION," specify a measurementcondition.

<4> In "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT," select a measurementdirection from the [+C] and [-C] soft keys.Usually, no change is needed.

<5> When the [MESURE] soft key is pressed with the cursor placedon "1ST PT. MEASURE DIRECT," the probe touches themeasurement point automatically, and the current position of themeasurement point is displayed as the measurement result.

Page 64: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 56 -

<6> Pressing the [↓] cursor key displays a guide chart for "2ND PT.MEASURE DIRECT."

<7> Retract the probe in the Z-axis direction while keeping itstationary with respect to the X- and Y-axes, and then rotate itaround the C-axis.

<8> By moving the probe manually, get it close to the secondmeasurement point so that measurement is possible with themovement of the probe along the Z-axis in one direction, andthen make the same measurement as for the first measurementpoint.

<9> After measurements, placing the cursor on a measurement pointdisplayed on the "MEASURE" screen re-displays themeasurement result on that point. Under this condition, pressingthe [MESURE] soft key triggers re-measurements on the point.

Page 65: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 57 -

<10>After measurements, press the [→] cursor key to display the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-WORK” screen is not displayed.

<11>Based on the measurement results on the two points, the centerangle is displayed on the screen. If you want to performmeasurements only, quit the operation here.

<12>In "WORK COORDINATE NO. T," specify the workpiececoordinate system for which the measurement result is to be set.

<13>When a workpiece coordinate system is selected, the currentworkpiece coordinate system data is displayed on the rightsection of the screen.

<14>In "WORK COORDINATE VALUE," specify what coordinatesin the workpiece coordinate system are to be assigned to themeasurement point.

<15>When the [SET] soft key is pressed, a value calculated from themeasurement result and the value specified in "WORKCOORIDANTE VALUE" is set as the data for the selectedworkpiece coordinate system.

<16>Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-WORK" screen, onwhich a milling tool offset number can be specified.

Page 66: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 58 -

For explanations about the operating procedure for this screen,see those for the "T-WORK" screen.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-WORK” screen isnot displayed.

MeasurementMeasurements are made as follows:

NOTEThe same measurement procedure as for SINGLESURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXISapplies to the above measurements.See "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENTPROBE Z-AXIS" for details.

Page 67: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 59 -

1.4.8 C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF INSIDE CAVE

Measurement procedure<1> Select "C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF INSIDE CAVE"

from the workpiece measurement menu.

NOTEThe items displayed on this screen and theoperating procedure for them are the same as for CAXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDEGROOVE.See "C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OFOUTSIDE GROOVE" for detail.

MeasurementNOTE

The same measurement procedure as for C AXISPHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDE GROOVEapplies to the above measurements.See "C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OFOUTSIDE GROOVE" for detail.

Page 68: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 60 -

1.5 MEASURE

1.5.1 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS

Measurement procedure<1> Select "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-

AXIS" from the post-machining inspection menu select screen.

The contents of the "MEASURE" screen are the same as for"SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS" onthe "WORK SET" menu.

<2> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "T-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a turning tool offset number forthe item for which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-TOOL”screen is not displayed.

<3> In "TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDE," specify a turning tool offsetnumber.When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

Page 69: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 61 -

<4> Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

NOTE1 The "Y-axis offset" function is an option.2 The "tool geometry/wear offset" function is an

option. If this option is unavailable, neither"GEOMETORY" nor "WEAR" is displayed.

<5> In "TARGET VALUE," specify the coordinate of the desiredpost-machining end face. After the coordinate is entered, a valueobtained by multiplying a difference between the target valueand the measurement result by the offset value is displayed asthe setting value.

(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

±X, ±Y, ±Z (Target value – measurement result(absolute coordinate)) × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

Page 70: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 62 -

<6> After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value for the item specified in OFFSETKIND.

<7> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a milling tool offset number forthe item for which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-TOOL” screen isnot displayed.

<8> In "TOOL OFFSET NO. M-SIDE," specify a milling tool offsetnumber.When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

Page 71: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 63 -

<9> Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

NOTEThe "tool offset memory B" and "tool offset memoryC" functions are options.(The "tool offset memory B" option is unavailableon the NC for complex machining.)

<10>In "TARGET VALUE," specify the coordinate of the desiredpost-machining end face. After the coordinate is entered, a valueobtained by multiplying a difference between the target valueand the measurement result by the offset value is displayed asthe setting value.

(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

+X, +Y, +Z -(Target value – measurement result(absolute coordinate)) × offset value

-X, -Y, -Z (Target value – measurement result(absolute coordinate)) × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

Page 72: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 64 -

<11>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value specified in the item for which thesetting value is to be set.

MeasurementThe operating procedure for the above measurements is the same asfor "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS" on the"WORK SET" menu.

Page 73: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 65 -

1.5.2 SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE X-AXIS

Measurement procedure<1> Select "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE X-

AXIS" from the post-machining inspection menu select screen.

The contents of this screen and the data entered on it are the same asfor "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE Z-AXIS."

MeasurementThe operating procedure for the above measurements are the same asfor "SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE X-AXIS" on the"WORK SET" menu.

Page 74: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 66 -

1.5.3 OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" from the

post-machining inspection menu select screen.

The contents of this "MEASURE" screen are the same as for"OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" on the "WORKSET" menu.

<2> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "T-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a turning tool offset number as theitem for which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-TOOL”screen is not displayed.

<3> Enter a turning tool offset number in "TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDE."When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

<4> Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

Page 75: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 67 -

<5> In "TARGET VALUE," specify the desired post-machiningoutside diameter value. After the value is entered, the valueobtained by dividing the difference between the target value andthe measurement result by 2 then multiplying by the offset valueis displayed as the setting value.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

X-Y, Y-Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

<6> After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value for the item specified in OFFSETKIND.

<7> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a milling tool offset number forthe item for which the offset value is to be set.

Page 76: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 68 -

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-TOOL” screen isnot displayed.

<8> In "TOOL OFFSET NO. M-SIDE," specify a milling tool offsetnumber.When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

<9> Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

<10>In "TARGET VALUE," specify the desired post-machiningoutside diameter value. After the value is entered, the valueobtained by multiplying a difference between the target valueand the measurement result by the offset value is displayed asthe setting value.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

X-Y, Y-Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

<11>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value for the item specified in OFFSETKIND.

MeasurementThe contents are the same as for "OUTSIDE DIAMETERMEASUREMENT" on the "WORK SET" menu.

Page 77: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 69 -

1.5.4 INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" from the post-

machining inspection menu select screen.

The items displayed on this screen and the operating procedurefor them are the same as for OUTSIDE DIAMETERMEASUREMENT.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

T-TOOL screenMeasurement direction Setting value

X-Y, Y-Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

M-TOOL screenMeasurement direction Setting value

X-Y, Y-Z -(Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

MeasurementThe measurement procedure for this screen is the same as for"INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT" on the "WORK SET"menu.

Page 78: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 70 -

1.5.5 OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" from the post-

machining inspection menu select screen.

The contents of this "MEASURE" screen are the same as for"OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" on the "WORK SET"menu.

<2> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "T-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a turning tool offset number as theitem for which the offset value is to be set.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-TOOL”screen is not displayed.

<3> Enter a turning tool offset number in "TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDE."

<4> When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.

<5> Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

Page 79: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 71 -

<6> In "TARGET VALUE," specify the desired post-machininggroove width value. After the value is entered, the valueobtained by multiplying a difference between the target valueand the measurement result by the offset value is displayed asthe setting value.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

X, Y, Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

<7> After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value for the item specified in OFFSETKIND.

<8> Pressing the [→] cursor key displays the "M-TOOL" screen, onwhich it is possible to specify a milling tool offset number as theitem for which the offset value is to be set.

Page 80: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02

- 72 -

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “M-TOOL” screen isnot displayed.

<9> Enter a milling tool offset number in "TOOL OFFSET NO. M-SIDE."

<10>When an offset number is entered, the current offset value forthe offset number is displayed on the right section of the screen.Select a value for "OFFSET KIND," using the soft keys.

<11>In "TARGET VALUE," specify the desired post-machininggroove width value. After the value is entered, the valueobtained by multiplying a difference between the target valueand the measurement result by the offset value is displayed asthe setting value.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

Measurement direction Setting value

X, Y, Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

<12>After entering the necessary data, press the [SET] soft key. Themeasurement result is set as the tool offset value.

NOTEA value displayed as the setting value is added tothe offset value for the item specified in OFFSETKIND.

MeasurementThe contents are the same as for "OUTSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT" on the "WORK SET" menu.

Page 81: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS

- 73 -

1.5.6 INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT

Measurement procedure<1> Select "INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT" from the post-

machining inspection menu select screen.

The items displayed on this screen and the operating procedurefor them are the same as for OUTSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT.(How to calculate the setting value)The setting value is calculated as follows:

T-TOOL screenMeasurement direction Setting value

X,Y,Z (Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

M-TOOL screenMeasurement direction Setting value

X,Y,Z -(Target value – measurement result)÷ 2 × offset value

NOTEThe offset value is specified as a measurementcondition.

MeasurementThe contents are the same as for "INSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT" on the "WORK SET" menu.

Page 82: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 74 -

2 MEASUREMENT CYCLE

Page 83: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 75 -

2.1 MEASUREMENT SCREEN SELECTION

In the edit mode, the following main menu soft keys are displayed:

(First page: Basic programming menu)

- When you press the [+] soft key at the rightmost position, thesoft keys for the second page appear.

(Second page: Programming menu for milling)

- When you press the [+] soft key at the rightmost position, thesoft keys for the third page appear.

(Third page: Programming menu for turning)

When you press the [MESCYC] key while the soft keys for thesecond page are displayed, the screen for selecting an automaticmeasurement cycle menu appears.Pressing the [MESCYC] key of the programming menu for turning onthe third page has the same effect.

Selecting a calibration menu item

Page 84: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 76 -

When you press the page key [↓] on this screen, the following screenappears:

When you select a cycle to be inserted then press the [SELECT] softkey, the input screen for the selected cycle appears.

Selecting a tool measurement menu itemWhen you press the cursor key [→] while the calibration menuselection screen is displayed, the following screen appears:

When you select a cycle to be inserted then press the [SELECT] softkey, the input screen for the selected cycle appears.

Page 85: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 77 -

Selecting a centering menu itemWhen you press the cursor key [→] while the tool measurement menuselection screen is displayed, the following screen appears:

When you press the page key [↓] on this screen, the following screenappears:

When you press the page key [↓] again on this screen, the followingscreen appears:

Page 86: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 78 -

When you press the page key [↓] once again on this screen, thefollowing screen appears:

When you select a cycle to be inserted then press the [SELECT] softkey, the input screen for the selected cycle appears.

Selecting a post-machining inspection menu itemWhen you press the cursor key [→] while the centering menuselection screen is displayed, the following screen appears:

Page 87: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 79 -

When you press the page key [↓] on this screen, the following screenappears:

When you press the page key [↓] again on this screen, the followingscreen appears:

When you select a cycle to be inserted then press the [SELECT] softkey, the input screen for the selected cycle appears:

Page 88: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 80 -

2.2 CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.2.1 Touch Sensor Position Measurement

When the reference tool is oriented in the Z-axis direction, theposition of the touch sensor for tool measurement is measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT(TOOL Z-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- REF. TOOL LENGTHEnter the dimension of the reference tool in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

Page 89: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 81 -

- REF TOOL RADIUSEnter the dimension of the reference tool in the X-axis and Y-axisdirections.Enter a numeric value.

- SPECIFY OF MEAS. PT.Select a measurement position specification method from the softkeys below.By default, "SETTIN" is selected.

When "SETTIN" is selected, the position of the touch sensor of thealready set measurement condition is referenced.When "INPUT" is selected, the values entered for "MEASUREPOINT" described below are used as the measurement point.

- MEASURE POINT X, Y, ZSpecify the position of the touch sensor in the correct measurementdirection.These items are displayed when "INPUT" is selected in "SPECIFYOF MEAS. PT.".Enter numeric values.

- CLEARANCEEnter the distance from the touch sensor position to the measurementstart point.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate at measurement.Enter a numeric value.

Page 90: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 82 -

Setting screen

- SWITCH DEST.Specify a setting destination for setting calibration data.Make a selection from the soft keys below.

By default, "OFFSET" is selected.NOTE

If "REF. VALUE" is selected, the result ofmeasurement is set as the calibration datareference value and the offset value is set to 0when the result of measurement is set (fed back) ascalibration data.When "OFFSET" is selected, the differencebetween the calibration data reference value andthe result of measurement is set as the offset value.

- SETTING AXISSelect an axis address for measurement result setting from the softkeys below.

When "ALL-AX" is selected, the result of measurement is set for allof the X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis at the same time.

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and thetouch sensor position of the calibration data currently specified with"MEASUREMENT COND." (axis coordinate specified by"SETTING AXIS" in the axis direction specified by"MEASUREMENT DIREC.") is within this allowable range, theabsence of errors is assumed, and no setting is performed in thecalibration data.Enter a numeric value.

Page 91: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 83 -

- FEED BACK RANGE (±±±±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0When the Ok range and the feedback range are set to 0, the processingbelow is performed.<1> When both the OK range and the feedback are set to 0

The result of measurement is not set in the setting destination.Moreover, no alarm is issued as a result of measurement. (Theresult of measurement is just recorded in the measurement resultlist.)

<2> When the OK range is set to 0, and the feedback range is set to anonzero valueIf an error obtained from measurement is within the feedbackrange, the result of measurement is set in the setting destination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedbackrange, an alarm is issued.

<3> When the OK range is set to a nonzero value, and the feedbackrange is set to 0An alarm is issued.

NOTEWhen "ALL-AX" is selected in setting axis setting,an alarm is issued if the error of any one of the Xcoordinate, Y coordinate, and Z coordinateexceeds the feedback range. In this case,calibration data is not set even if other errors arewithin the feedback range.If the error of any one of the X coordinate, Ycoordinate, and Z coordinate is within the feedbackrange, calibration data is set. If the error of anyother coordinate is within the OK range in this case,the calibration data of the data is not set.

Page 92: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 84 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -Z-axis direction

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate) representsthe touch sensor position (Ax,Ay).

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Az + "CLEARANCE").

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<4> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

Page 93: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 85 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:A: Touch sensor position. If "SETTIN" is selected in "SPECIFY OF

MEAS. PT.", A represents the "sensor position for measurementin the -Z direction" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition. If "INPUT" is selected in "SPECIFY OFMEAS. PT.", A represents the coordinates specified by"MEASURE POINT X", "MEASURE POINT Y", and"MEASURE POINT Z".

Ax: X coordinate of the touch sensor position aboveAy: Y coordinate of the touch sensor position aboveAz: Z coordinate of the touch sensor position abovefa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 94: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 86 -

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the +X-axis direction

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Ax - "CLEARANCE"). The approach point (Ycoordinate) represents the touch sensor position Ay.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Az.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -X-axisdirection.

Page 95: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 87 -

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -X-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Ax + "CLEARANCE"). The approach point (Ycoordinate) represents the touch sensor position Ay.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Az.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the +Y-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents the touchsensor position Ax. The approach point (Y coordinate)represents (touch sensor position Ay - "CLEARANCE").

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Az.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -Y-axisdirection.

Page 96: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 88 -

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -Y-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents the touchsensor position Ax. The approach point (Y coordinate)represents (touch sensor position Ay + "CLEARANCE").

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Az.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Y-axisdirection.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2000 P Q B R K H V L C F W I S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2000 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the touch sensorposition in the calibration data of the specified measurementcondition.

Page 97: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 89 -

2.2.2 Probe Length Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, a probe lengthmeasurement is made.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- REFER. WORK HEIGHTEnter the height of a workpiece used as the reference for contactingthe probe.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASURE POINT X, YEnter the X and Y coordinates of a point to be measured.Enter numeric values.

- CLEARANCEEnter the distance from the measurement start point to the surface ofthe reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate at measurement.Enter a numeric value.

Page 98: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 90 -

Setting screen

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and theprobe length of the calibration data currently specified with"MEASUREMENT COND." is within this allowable range, theabsence of errors is assumed, and no setting is performed in thecalibration data.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±±±±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "Touch Sensor Position Measurement" isperformed.

Page 99: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 91 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT X" and "MEASURE POINTY".

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (T + "REFER.WORK HEIGHT " + "CLEARANCE").

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the feedrateF specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED". (Secondmeasurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

Page 100: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 92 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:T: Height of the surface on which the reference workpiece is placed.

("Machine coordinate of the table surface when a measurementis made in the Z-axis direction" in the measurement condition isreferenced.)

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +X-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +X-axis and -X-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +X-axis, -X-axis, and +Y-axis directions only.

When bit 0 (CRY) of parameter No. 12380 is set to 1, however, ameasurement is made as follows:When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and -Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +X-axis directions only.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2001 Q_ D_ H_ V_ C_ F_ S_ Y_ ;

Measurement resultWhen G2001 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the probe lengthin the calibration data of the specified measurement condition.

Page 101: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 93 -

2.2.3 Stylus Ball Diameter Measurement

The diameters of the stylus ball in the X-axis direction and Y-axisdirection are measured.

When you select "STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION(PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.Make a measurement on the XY plane.

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.The result of measurement is set as calibration data of the groupnumber specified here.Enter a numeric value.

- BASE WORK RADIUSEnter the diameter of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH CENTER PT. X, YEnter the X and Y coordinates of a measurement start point.Enter the coordinates of the center of the reference workpiece.Enter numeric values.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH DISTANCESpecify the move distance from the approach point to themeasurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

Page 102: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 94 -

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate at measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASUREMENT POINTSpecify the number of measurement points.Enter a numeric value (1 to 4).When no value is entered, 4 (four-point measurement) is assumed.

Setting screen

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the stylus ball diameter obtained as a resultof measurement and the stylus ball diameter currently set in thecalibration data specified with "MEASUREMENT COND." is withinthis allowable range, the absence of errors is assumed, and no settingis performed in the calibration data.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±±±±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

Page 103: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 95 -

NOTETwo stylus ball diameters are set in the calibrationdata: one in the first axis direction, and the other inthe second axis direction. So, the diameter valuesobtained from measurement are compared in thetwo directions.If one of the diameters exceeds the feedbackrange, an alarm is issued, and no setting isperformed in the calibration data.If one of the two diameters exceeds the OK range,and is within the feedback range, and the other iswithin the OK range, the former measurementresult only is set in the calibration data.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "Touch Sensor Position Measurement" isperformed.

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.X" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS"/2 - α- stylus radius r)) in the X-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a measurement is made in the +X-axisdirection at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> After a rapid return movement is made by β, a rapid movementis made to the X coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.X", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -X-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

Page 104: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 96 -

<7> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<8> After the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<9> In the +X-axis direction, a movement is made at feedrate fa tothe position (measurement position of the first measurement - β),then a measurement is made at the input feedrate F in the rangefrom that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<10>A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<11>A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then this

measurement cycle is executed.<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement is

first made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.X" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS"/2 - α- stylus radius r)) in the X-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a movement is made in the +X-axisdirection at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the X coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.X", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -X-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 105: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 97 -

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2002 Q D H V L R F P S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2002 is executed, the diameters of the stylus ball in the X-axis and Y-axis directions are found from the measured values and areoutput to the calibration data and macro variables for the result ofmeasurement.

Page 106: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 98 -

2.2.4 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-A

The offset between the center of the stylus ball and the center of thespindle is measured.

NOTEBy using the spindle orientation function, themachine tool builder needs to perform spindlepositioning at 0° or 180° based on a miscellaneousfunction (M code).

When you select "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A (PROBEZ-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.Make a measurement on the XY plane.

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.The result of measurement is set as calibration data of the groupnumber specified here.Enter a numeric value.

- BASE WORK RADIUSEnter the diameter of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH CENTER PT. X, YEnter the X and Y coordinates of a measurement start point.Usually, enter the coordinates of the center of the referenceworkpiece.Enter numeric values.

Page 107: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 99 -

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH DISTANCESpecify the move distance from the approach point to themeasurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate for measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASUREMENT POINTSpecify the number of measurement points.Enter a numeric value (1 to 4).When no value is entered, 4 (four-point measurement) is assumed.

Setting screen

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of offsets obtained from measurement.If an offset obtained as the result of measurement is within this range,the absence of offsets is assumed, and the offset at the settingdestination is cleared to 0.Enter a numeric value.

Page 108: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 100 -

- FEED BACK RANGE (±±±±)If an offset obtained from measurement is not within the OK rangebut is within this feedback range, the offset is set in the settingdestination.If an offset obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range,an alarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

NOTETwo stylus ball offsets are set in the calibrationdata: one in the first axis direction, and the other inthe second axis direction. So, the offsets obtainedfrom measurement are compared in the twodirections.If one of the offsets exceeds the feedback range,an alarm is issued, and no setting is performed inthe calibration data.If one of the two offsets exceeds the OK range, andis within the feedback range, and the other is withinthe OK range, the former measurement result onlyis set in the calibration data.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "Touch Sensor Position Measurement" isperformed.

Page 109: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 101 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.X" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 -α - stylus radius r)) in the X-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> After 0-degree spindle orientation is executed, a measurement ismade in the +X-axis direction in the range (α + γ) at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and 180-degreespindle orientation is executed, then a measurement is made atthe feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED" in therange from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<8> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the X coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.X", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -X-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<10>A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

Page 110: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 102 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +X-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +X-axis and -X-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +X-axis, -X-axis, and +Y-axis directions only.

Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380 is setto 1.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +X-axis directions only.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2003 Q D H V L R F P S Y ;

Page 111: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 103 -

Measurement resultWhen G2003 is executed, center offsets of the stylus ball in the X-axis and Y-axis directions are found from measured values, and areoutput to the calibration data and macro variables for the result ofmeasurement.

Page 112: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 104 -

2.2.5 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-B

The offset between the center of the stylus ball and the center of thespindle is measured.

NOTEA reference workpiece needs to be accuratelyplaced on a table whose center position is known.

When you select "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B (PROBEZ-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.Make a measurement on the XY plane.

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.The result of measurement is set as calibration data of the groupnumber specified here.Enter a numeric value.

- BASE WORK RADIUSEnter the diameter of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH CENTER PT. XEnter the X coordinate of the center of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

Page 113: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 105 -

- APROCH CENTER PT. YEnter the Y coordinate of the center of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH DISTANCESpecify the move distance from the approach point to themeasurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate for measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASUREMENT POINTSpecify the number of measurement points.Enter a numeric value (1 to 4).When no value is entered, 4 (four-point measurement) is assumed.

Setting screen

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of offsets obtained from measurement.If an offset obtained as the result of measurement is within this range,the absence of offsets is assumed, and the offset at the settingdestination is cleared to 0.Enter a numeric value.

Page 114: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 106 -

- FEED BACK RANGE (±±±±)If an offset obtained from measurement is not within the OK rangebut is within this feedback range, the offset is set in the settingdestination.If an offset obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range,an alarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

NOTETwo stylus ball offsets are set in the calibrationdata: one in the first axis direction, and the other inthe second axis direction. So, the offsets obtainedfrom measurement are compared in the twodirections.If one of the offsets exceeds the feedback range,an alarm is issued, and no setting is performed inthe calibration data.If one of the two offsets exceeds the OK range, andis within the feedback range, and the other is withinthe OK range, the former measurement result onlyis set in the calibration data.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0When the OK range and the feedback range are set to 0, theprocessing below is performed.<1> When both the OK range and the feedback are set to 0

The result of measurement is not set in the setting destination.Moreover, no alarm is issued as a result of measurement. (Theresult of measurement is just recorded in the measurement resultlist.)

<2> When the OK range is set to 0, and the feedback range is set to anonzero valueIf an error obtained from measurement is within the feedbackrange, the result of measurement is set in the setting destination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedbackrange, an alarm is issued.

<3> When the OK range is set to a nonzero value, and the feedbackrange is set to 0An alarm is issued.

Page 115: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 107 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.X" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS"/2 - α- stylus radius r)) in the X-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a movement is made in the +X-axisdirection at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the X coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.X", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -X-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND.

Page 116: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 108 -

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +X-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +X-axis and -X-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +X-axis, -X-axis, and +Y-axis directions only.

Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380 is setto 1.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +X-axis directions only.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2004 Q D H V L R F P S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2004 is executed, center offsets of the stylus ball in the X-axis and Y-axis directions are found from entered center X and Ycoordinates and measured values, and are output to the calibrationdata and macro variables for the result of measurement.

Page 117: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 109 -

2.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.3.1 Milling Tool Measurement

When the milling tool is oriented in the Z-axis direction, its figures inthe tool length direction and tool radius direction are measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "MILLING TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS)" on the tool measurement menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASUREMENT METH.Specify an axis direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- CLEARANCEEnter the distance from the touch sensor position to the measurementstart point.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate for measurement.Enter a numeric value.

Page 118: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 110 -

- SPECIFY OF X SHIFTSelect a method of specifying the shift amount from the X coordinateof the touch sensor position for tool measurement to the X coordinateof the tool measurement position.By default, [AUTO] is selected.Choose from the soft keys.

When [AUTO] is selected, the approach position in the X-axisdirection at the time of tool measurement is automatically determinedby referencing the tool offset value. (For details, see "Measurementmotion" described later.)When [OFSET+] or [OFSET-] is selected, the tool to be measured isapproached at the position shifted by the specified tool offset valuefrom the X coordinate of the touch sensor position. [OFSET+] makesa shift in the + direction. [OFSET-] makes a shift in the - direction.When [INPUT+] or [INPUT-] is selected, the tool is approached atthe position shifted by the value input in the next item"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X" from the X coordinate of the touchsensor position.When [DIFF+] or [DIFF-] is selected, the tool is approached at theposition shifted by the specified tool offset value added to the valuespecified by the next item "OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X" from the Xcoordinate of the touch sensor position.

- OFFSET/DIFFERENCE XThis item is displayed when [INPUT+], [INPUT-], [DIFF+], or[DIFF-] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".When [INPUT+] or [INPUT-] is selected, enter the shift amount fromthe X coordinate of the touch sensor position for tool measurement tothe X coordinate of the tool measurement position.When [DIFF+] or [DIFF-] is selected, enter a value so that the tooloffset value added to the value specified by this item is the shiftamount from the X coordinate of the touch sensor position for toolmeasurement to the X coordinate of the tool measurement position.

- SPECIFY OF Y SHIFT, SPECIFY OF Z SHIFTSame as "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT"

- OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Y, OFFSET/DIFFERENCE ZSame as "OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X"

Page 119: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 111 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "TOOL T"screen is not displayed.

- COMP. NUMBER TEnter a tool offset value number for setting the result of measurement.Otherwise, the result of measurement is not set as a tool offset value.Enter a numeric value.

NOTE"32 tool compensation sets", "64 tool compensationsets", "99 tool compensation sets", "400 toolcompensation sets", and "999 tool compensationsets" are optional.

Page 120: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 112 -

- SETTING DEST. (T)Specify a tool offset item in which the result of measurement is to beset. Select a desired item from the following soft keys:

NOTEWhen the tool geometry and wear compensationoptions are enabled, and a compensation valueobtained from measurement is set as a toolgeometry compensation value, the tool wearcompensation value is set to 0. When acompensation value obtained from measurement isset as a tool wear compensation value, thedifferential between the original tool geometrycompensation value and the compensation valueobtained from measurement is set.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and thecurrently set offset value (sum of a geometry compensation value andwear compensation value) is within this allowable range, the absenceof errors is assumed, and no setting is performed in the calibrationdata.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.

OK RANGE AND FEEDBACK RANGE COMPARISON TARGETIf a value other than [INPUT+] and [INPUT-] is entered in "SPECIFYOF X, Y, or Z SHIFT", a decision is made by comparing the offsetvalue currently set as the tool offset value with the result ofmeasurement.

If [INPUT+] or [INPUT-] is entered in "SPECIFY OF X, Y, or ZSHIFT", a decision is made by comparing the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X, Y or Z" with the result of measurement.

NOTEIn order to set the result of measurement as the tooloffset value at all times, enter 0 in OK RANGE, andenter a sufficiently large value in FEED BACKRANGE.

Page 121: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 113 -

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0When the Ok range and the feedback range are set to 0, the processingbelow is performed.<1> When both the OK range and the feedback are set to 0

The result of measurement is not set in the setting destination.Moreover, no alarm is issued as a result of measurement. (Theresult of measurement is just recorded in the measurement resultlist.)

<2> When the OK range is set to 0, and the feedback range is set to anonzero valueIf an error obtained from measurement is within the feedbackrange, the result of measurement is set in the setting destination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedbackrange, an alarm is issued.

<3> When the OK range is set to a nonzero value, and the feedbackrange is set to 0An alarm is issued.

Page 122: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 114 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the milling side.

NOTE1 With the CNC for a lathe, the "TOOL M" screen is

not displayed.2 "32 tool compensation sets", "64 tool compensation

sets", "99 tool compensation sets", "200 toolcompensation sets", "400 tool compensation sets","499 tool compensation sets", and "999 toolcompensation sets" are optional.

- SETTING DEST. (M)Specify a tool offset item in which the result of measurement is to beset.Select a desired item from the following soft keys:

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for the turningside.

Page 123: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 115 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Z-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool length direction) - When [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X, Y,and Z SHIFT"

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", "SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT", and "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT".<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate) representsthe X and Y coordinates of the "sensor position for measurementin the -Z direction" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

Page 124: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 116 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Z-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool length direction) - When a soft key other than [AUTO] is selected in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, and Z SHIFT"

If the X coordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position is shifted from the Xcoordinate of the tool measurement position as shown below, specifythe shift amount in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when [OFSET+] isselected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT". (It is assumed that [AUTO] isselected for the Y-axis direction and the Z-axis direction.)<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to approach

point (X coordinate, Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSD). The approach point (Y coordinate) represents the Ycoordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

Page 125: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 117 -

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

• If [OFSET-] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position - OFSD).

• If [INPUT+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X"). If [INPUT-] is selected in"SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approach point (X coordinate)represents (X coordinate of the "sensor position for measurementin the -Z direction" - the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X").

• If [DIFF+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approachpoint (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the -Z direction" of the touch sensorposition + (OFSD + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X")). If [DIFF-] is selected in"SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approach point (X coordinate)represents (X coordinate of the "sensor position for measurementin the -Z direction" - (OFSD + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Yand Z SHIFT" and motion in the Y-axis and Z-axis.

Page 126: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 118 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -X-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSD). The approach point (Y coordinate)represents the Y coordinate of the "sensor position formeasurement in the -X direction" of the touch sensor position inthe specified measurement condition.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

Page 127: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 119 -

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Xdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT".

• If [OFSET+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSH).

• If [INPUT+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z").

• If [DIFF+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", the approachpoint (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the -X direction" of the touch sensorposition + (OFSH + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Xand Y SHIFT" and motion in the X-axis and Y-axis.

- Measurement of an offset value in the +X-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -X-axis direction

- Measurement of an offset value in the +Y-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -X-axis direction

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Y-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -X-axis direction

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 128: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 120 -

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

OHSH : Tool length direction offset valueOFSD : Tool radius direction offset value

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2010 P Q C F H D V R L Z W I S Y UJ K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2010 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as a specified tooloffset value.

Page 129: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 121 -

2.3.2 Turning Tool Measurement

When the turning tool is oriented in the Z-axis direction, its figures inthe Z-axis and X-axis directions are measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "TURNING TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS)" on the tool measurement menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASUREMENT METH.Specify an axis direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- SPECIFY OF X SHIFTSelect a method of specifying the shift amount from the X coordinateof the touch sensor position for tool measurement to the X coordinateof the tool measurement position.By default, [AUTO] is selected.Choose from the soft keys.

When [AUTO] is selected, the approach position in the X-axisdirection at the time of tool measurement is automatically determinedby referencing the tool offset value. (For details, see "Measurementmotion" described later.)When [OFSET] is selected, the tool to be measured is approached atthe position shifted by the specified tool offset value from the Xcoordinate of the touch sensor position.When [INPUT] is selected, the tool is approached at the positionshifted by the value input in the next item "OFFSET/DIFFERENCEX" from the X coordinate of the touch sensor position.When [DIFFER] is selected, the tool is approached at the positionshifted by the specified tool offset value added to the value specified

Page 130: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 122 -

by the next item "OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X" from the X coordinateof the touch sensor position.

- OFFSET/DIFFERENCE XThis item is displayed when [INPUT] or [DIFFER] is selected in"SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".When [INPUT] is selected, enter the shift amount from the Xcoordinate of the touch sensor position for tool measurement to the Xcoordinate of the tool measurement position.When [DIFFER] is selected, enter a value so that the tool offset valueadded to the value specified by this item is the shift amount from theX coordinate of the touch sensor position for tool measurement to theX coordinate of the tool measurement position.

- SPECIFY OF Y SHIFT, SPECIFY OF Z SHIFTSame as "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT"

- OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Y, OFFSET/DIFFERENCE ZSame as "OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X"

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for the “MillingTool Measurement”.

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the turning side.

OK RANGE AND FEEDBACK RANGE COMPARISON TARGETIf a value other than [INPUT] is entered in "SPECIFY OF X, Y, or ZSHIFT", a decision is made by comparing the offset value currentlyset as the tool offset value with the result of measurement.

If [INPUT] is entered in "SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT", a decisionis made by comparing the value entered in "OFFSET/DIFFERENCEX, Y or Z" with the result of measurement.

Page 131: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 123 -

To the other items, the descriptions in "Milling Tool Measurement"are applied.

Page 132: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 124 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of an offset value in the +X-axis direction

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the +X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition- "CLEARANCE" + OFSX). The approach point (Y coordinate)represents the Y coordinate of the "sensor position formeasurement in the +X direction" of the touch sensor position inthe specified measurement condition.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the +X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSZ).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

ZZZZ

XXXX

Page 133: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 125 -

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -X-axisdirection.

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the +Xdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT".

• If [OFFSET] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the +X direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSZ).

• If [INPUT] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", the approachpoint (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the + X direction" of the touchsensor position + the value entered in "OFFSET/DIFFERENCEZ").

• If [DIFFER] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the +X direction" of thetouch sensor position + (OFSZ + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Xand Y SHIFT" and motion in the X-axis and Y-axis.

- Measurement of an offset value in the -X-axis directionSame as for measurement of an offset value in the +X-axis direction

Page 134: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 126 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Z-axis direction

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" +OFSX). The approach point (Y coordinate) represents the Ycoordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSZ).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement).

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

ZZZZ

XXXX

Page 135: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 127 -

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".

• If [OFFSET] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSX).

• If [INPUT] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approachpoint (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the -Z direction" of the touch sensorposition + the value entered in "OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X").

• If [DIFFER] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + (OFSX + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Yand Z SHIFT" and motion in the Y-axis and Z-axis.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

OHSX : X-axis direction offset valueOFSZ : Z-axis direction offset value

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2011 P Q C F H D V R L Z W I S Y ;

Page 136: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 128 -

Measurement resultWhen G2011 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as a specified tooloffset value.

Page 137: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 129 -

2.4 WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.4.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the X-axis direction is measured.

When you select "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis move direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASURE POINT X, Y, ZEnter the correct workpiece coordinates of the end face.Enter numeric values.

- APROCH DISTANCESpecify the move distance from the approach point to themeasurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate for measurement.Enter a numeric value.

Page 138: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 130 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

- SETTING DEST. (T)Enter a workpiece origin offset value number with which the result ofmeasurement is to be set.Otherwise, the result of measurement is not set as a workpiece originoffset value.When the setting destination is a workpiece coordinate system fromG54 to G59, directly enter a numeric value from 54 to 59.When the setting destination is an additional workpiece coordinatesystem set, enter a numeric value as follows:(Example of input)For G54.1P1 → Enter "1001".For G54.1P48 → Enter "1048".

NOTE"Additional 48 workpiece coordinate system sets"are optional. On the lathe side of an NC forcomplex machining, the optional function"additional 48 workpiece coordinate system sets"are not available.

- WORK COORD. VALUESpecify the coordinate of the measurement point in a specifiedworkpiece coordinate system.Enter a numeric value.

Page 139: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 131 -

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and thecorrect coordinate (input value "MEASURE POINT") is within thisallowable range, the absence of errors is assumed, and no setting isperformed as a workpiece origin offset value.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0When the OK range and the feedback range are set to 0, theprocessing below is performed.<1> When both the OK range and the feedback are set to 0

The result of measurement is not set in the setting destination.Moreover, no alarm is issued as a result of measurement. (Theresult of measurement is just recorded in the measurement resultlist.)

<2> When the OK range is set to 0, and the feedback range is set to anonzero valueIf an error obtained from measurement is within the feedbackrange, the result of measurement is set in the setting destination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedbackrange, an alarm is issued.

<3> When the OK range is set to a nonzero value, and the feedbackrange is set to 0An alarm is issued.

Page 140: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 132 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the milling side.

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for the turningside.

NOTE1 With the CNC for a lathe, the "WORK M" screen is

not displayed.2 "Additional 48 workpiece coordinate system sets"

and "additional 300 workpiece coordinate systemsets" are optional.On an NC for complex machining, the optionalfunction "additional 300 workpiece coordinatesystem sets" are not available.

Page 141: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 133 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT X" - α) when the measurement direction is "+X", or theapproach point (X coordinate) represents ("MEASURE POINTX" + α) when the measurement direction is "-X". The approachpoint (Y coordinate) is the same as "MEASURE POINT Y".

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to the point("MEASURE POINT Z" + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<3> In the Z-axis direction, a movement is made to "MEASUREPOINT Z" at feedrate fb.

<4> In the range from the approach point to (α + γ - stylus ball radiusr), a measurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<5> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<6> Then, a return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" inthe Z-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Page 142: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 134 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2020 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2020 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the X coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 143: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 135 -

2.4.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Y-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis move direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)", except that thescreen title changes to "Y AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS).

Page 144: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 136 -

Measurement motion<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (X coordinate,Y coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) is the same as"MEASURE POINT X".The approach point (Y coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT Y" – APROCH DISTANCE) when the measurementdirection is "+Y", or the approach point (Y coordinate)represents ("MEASURE POINT Y" + APROCH DISTANCE)when the measurement direction is "-Y".

Other motions are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORKSETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2021 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2021 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the Y coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 145: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 137 -

2.4.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Z-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Z-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis move direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)", except that thescreen title changes to "Z AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS).

Page 146: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 138 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT X" and "MEASURE POINTY".

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Z coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT Z" - "APROCH DISTANCE") when the measurementdirection is "+Z", or the approach point (Z coordinate) represents("MEASURE POINT Z" + "APROCH DISTANCE") when themeasurement direction is "-Z".

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("APROCHDISTANCE" + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f. (Firstmeasurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made to the position (firstmeasurement point + β), and a measurement is made in the rangefrom that position to (first measurement point - γ) at thespecified feedrate F. (Second measurement)

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND.

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2022 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2022 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the Z coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 147: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 139 -

2.4.4 Outside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center positionof the outside diameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBEZ-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT COND.Specify a measurement condition group number to be referenced atthe time of measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- OUTSIDE DIAMETEREnter the correct outside diameter of the circle.Enter a numeric value.

- CENTER POINT X, YEnter the correct center point coordinate X and center pointcoordinate Y of the circle.Enter numeric values.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

- APROCH DISTANCESpecify the move distance from the approach point to themeasurement point in the Z-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

Page 148: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 140 -

- MOVING MEAS. SPEEDEnter a feedrate for measurement.Enter a numeric value.

- MEASUREMENT POINTSpecify the number of measurement points.Enter a numeric value (1 to 4).

- SPINDLE ORIENTATIONSpecify whether to perform spindle orientation for each measurementpoint.Select a desired option from the following soft keys:

NOTEThe "spindle orientation function" is an optionalfunction.

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (on turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

- WORK COORD. VALUE XSpecify the X coordinate of the measurement point in a specifiedworkpiece coordinate system.Enter a numeric value.

Page 149: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 141 -

- WORK COORD. VALUE YSpecify the Y coordinate of the measurement point in a specifiedworkpiece coordinate system.Enter a numeric value.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the center coordinate obtained frommeasurement and the correct value (input value "CENTER POINT X"or "CENTER POINT Y") is within this allowable range, the absenceof errors is assumed, and no setting is performed as a workpieceorigin offset value.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

NOTEIf one of the center X coordinate and center Ycoordinate exceeds the feedback range, an alarmis issued. If the error of the other coordinate iswithin the feedback range in this case, the data isnot set as a workpiece origin offset value.If one of the center X coordinate and center Ycoordinate is within the feedback range, the data isset in the workpiece coordinate system. If the errorof the other coordinate is within the OK range, thedata is not set as a workpiece origin offset value.If one of WORK COORD. VALUE X and WORKCOORD. VALUE Y is not entered, the data of theaxis is not checked for an error, and is not set as aworkpiece origin offset value.

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS)" is performed.

Page 150: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 142 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the milling side.

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for the turningside.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the "WORK M" screen isnot displayed.

Page 151: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 143 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("OUTSIDEDIAMETER"/2 + α +r)) in the X-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT X", then amovement is made in the -X-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 152: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 144 -

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +X-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +X-axis and -X-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +X-axis, -X-axis, and +Y-axis directions only.

When bit 0 (CRY) of parameter No. 12380 is set to 1, however, ameasurement is made as follows:When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +X-axis directions only.

Motion when spindle orientation is enabledWhen ON is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed for each measurement point.Measurement in the +X-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the 0°positionMeasurement in the -X-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the180° positionMeasurement in the +Y-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the270° positionMeasurement in the -Y-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the90° position

Page 153: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 145 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2023 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S Y U A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2023 is executed, the center of the circle is found from themeasured value, and is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 154: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 146 -

2.4.5 Inside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center positionof the inside diameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "INSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-axis)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

- Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OutsideDiameter Measurement".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OutsideDiameter Measurement".

Page 155: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 147 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α -r)) in the X-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Y" inthe Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> Next, a movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the pointspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ) from that point, a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the X coordinate specified by "CENTER POINT X",then a movement is made in the -X-axis direction by the distance("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2 - α - r) at feedrate fa.

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 156: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 148 -

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsSame as for "Outside Diameter Measurement"

Motion when spindle orientation is enabledSame as for "Outside Diameter Measurement"

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2024 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2024 is executed, the center of the circle is found from themeasured value, and is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 157: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 149 -

2.4.6 Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center positionof a projection width is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- PROJECTION WIDTHEnter the correct dimension of the projection width.Enter a numeric value.

- CENTER POINT X, YEnter the correct center coordinate of the projection.For the direction other than the measurement direction, enter thecoordinate of a measurement point.Enter numeric values.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for"OUTSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 158: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 150 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the center coordinate obtained frommeasurement and the correct value (input value "CENTER POINT X"or "CENTER POINT Y") is within this allowable range, the absenceof errors is assumed, and no setting is performed as a workpieceorigin offset value.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS)" is performed.

Page 159: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 151 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value set (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the milling side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the "WORK M" screen isnot displayed.

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for the turningside.

Page 160: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 152 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> For measurement in the X-axis direction, a rapid movement ismade from the current position to the point specified by("CENTER POINT X" + ("PROJECTION WIDTH"/2 + α + r))in the X-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction. Similarly, for measurement in the Y-axis direction,a rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "CENTER POINT X" in the X-axis direction and by("CENTER POINT Y" + ("PROJECTION WIDTH"/2 + α + r))in the Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> A movement is made in the -Z-axis direction to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb, then ameasurement is made in the range from that position to (α + γ) atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<6> A rapid movement is then made to the center coordinates. Next,a movement is made to the approach point on the minus (-) sideat feedrate fa. Then, a similar measurement is also made in the -X-axis (-Y-axis) direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 161: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 153 -

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2025 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2025 is executed, the center of the projection width is foundfrom the measured value, and is output to macro variables for theresult of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 162: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 154 -

2.4.7 Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center positionof a groove width is measured.

When you select "INSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OUTSIDEWIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OUTSIDEWIDTHWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 163: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 155 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> For measurement in the X-axis direction, a rapid movement ismade from the current position to the point specified by("CENTER POINT X" + ("GROOVE WIDTH"/2 - α - r)) in theX-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axisdirection. Similarly, for measurement in the Y-axis direction, arapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "CENTER POINT X" in the X-axis direction and by("CENTER POINT Y" + ("GROOVE WIDTH"/2 - α - r)) in theY-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> Then, a measurement is made at feedrate f in the +X-axis (+Y-axis) direction in the range (α + γ). (First measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<6> A rapid movement is then made to the center coordinates. Next,a movement is made to the approach point on the minus (-) sideat feedrate fa. Then, a similar measurement is also made in the -X-axis (-Y-axis) direction.

<7> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theZ-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 164: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 156 -

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2026 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J KE ;

Measurement resultWhen G2026 is executed, the center of the groove width is foundfrom the measured value, and is output to macro variables for theresult of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 165: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 157 -

2.4.8 C-axis Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center angle ofa projection width in the C-axis direction is measured.

When you select "C-AXIS OUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASURE POINT X, YEnter the X and Y coordinates of a measurement start point.Enter numeric values.

- CENTER ANGLEEnter the correct center angle of the projection width.Enter a numeric value (in the input unit for angle).

- ANGLE RANGE OF MEASSpecify a measurement range angle relative to the center angle.Set a value greater than the angle from the center angle to the end ofthe projection width.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for"OUTSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 166: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 158 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value set (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the center angle obtained from measurementand the correct value (input value "CENTER ANGLE") is within thisallowable range, the absence of errors is assumed, and no setting isperformed as a workpiece origin offset value.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)"

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS)" is performed.

Page 167: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 159 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the milling side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the "WORK M" screen isnot displayed.

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for the turningside.

Page 168: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 160 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT X" and "MEASURE POINTY".

<2> Next, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint ("CENTER ANGLE" - "ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS").

<3> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<4> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the +C-axis direction, a measurement is made in the range of"ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS" at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> Then, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint ("CENTER ANGLE" + "ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS").

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -C-axis direction.

Page 169: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 161 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2031 Q H V C A L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2031 is executed, the center angle of the projection width isfound from the measured value, and is output to macro variables forthe result of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 170: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 162 -

2.4.9 C-axis Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the center angle ofa groove in the C-axis direction is measured.

When you select "C-AXIS INSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBEZ-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "C-AXISOUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "C-AXISOUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 171: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 163 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT X" and "MEASURE POINTY".

<2> Next, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint specified by "CENTER ANGLE".

<3> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<4> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the +C-axis direction, a measurement is made in the range of"ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS" at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Then, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to themeasurement start point.

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -C-axis direction.<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in the

Z-axis direction.

Page 172: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 164 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2032 Q H V C A L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2032 is executed, the center angle of the groove width isfound from the measured value, and is output to macro variables forthe result of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 173: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 165 -

2.5 MEASURE (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.5.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the X-axis direction is measured.

When you select "X-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEZ-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the turning side.

Page 174: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 166 -

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "TOOL T"screen is not displayed.

- COMP. NUMBER TEnter a tool offset value number with which the result ofmeasurement is to be set.When this item is not entered, the result of measurement is not set asa tool offset value.Enter a numeric value.

NOTE"32 tool compensation sets", "64 tool compensationsets", "99 tool compensation sets", "400 toolcompensation sets", and "999 tool compensationsets" are optional.

- SETTING DEST. (T)Specify a tool offset item for which the result of measurement is to beset.Select a desired tool offset item from the following soft keys:

- OK RANGE (±±±±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and thespecified coordinate value (input values for "MEASURE POINT X")is within this allowable range, the absence of errors is assumed, andno setting is performed as a tool offset value.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The description of processing is the same as for "Input screen forautomatic workpiece offset value setting" of "WORK SET".See the description of "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP(PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 175: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 167 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (milling side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the milling side.

NOTE1 With the CNC for a lathe, the "TOOL M" screen is

not displayed.2 "32 tool compensation sets", "64 tool compensation

sets", "99 tool compensation sets", "200 toolcompensation sets", "400 tool compensation sets","499 tool compensation sets", and "999 toolcompensation sets" are optional.

SETTING DEST. (M)Specify a tool offset item for which the result of measurement is to beset.Select a desired tool offset item from the following soft keys:

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for the turningside.

Measurement motionThe description is the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORKSETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS).

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2040 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Page 176: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 168 -

Measurement resultWhen G2040 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a tool offset value.

Page 177: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 169 -

2.5.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Y-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Y-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEZ-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenAs the window title, "Y-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT(PROBE Z-AXIS)" is indicated.The other displayed items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of measurement motion is the same as for "Y-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2041 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2041 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified tool offset value.

Page 178: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 170 -

2.5.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Z-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Z-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEZ-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenAs the window title, "Z-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT(PROBE Z-AXIS)" is indicated.The other displayed items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "Z-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of measurement motion is the same as for "Z-AXISDIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2042 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2042 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified tool offset value.

Page 179: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 171 -

2.5.4 Outside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the outsidediameter and center position of a circle is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT(PROBE Z-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selectionscreen of the measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT POINTSpecify the number of measurement points.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "OUTSIDEDIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the turning side.

Page 180: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 172 -

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "TOOL T"screen is not displayed.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the outside diameter of a circle obtainedfrom measurement and the correct value (input value "OUTSIDEDIAMETER") is within this allowable range, the absence of errors isassumed, and no setting is performed as a workpiece origin offsetvalue.Enter a numeric value.

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

The other input items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The description of processing is the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (milling side)The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 181: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 173 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("OUTSIDEDIAMETER"/2 + α +r)) in the X-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<7> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT X", then amovement is made in the -X-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<9> After of the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<10>In the +X-axis direction, a movement is made at feedrate fa tothe position (measurement position of the first measurement + β),then a measurement is made at the feedrate specified by"MOVING MEAS. SPEED" in the range from that position to (β+ γ). (Second measurement)

<11>Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, then a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the position beforethe start of measurement.

<12>A rapid movement is made to the center X coordinate before thestart of measurement, then a similar measurement is made in the-X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the point

specified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("OUTSIDE

Page 182: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 174 -

DIAMETER"/2 + α +r)) in the X-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the Z-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT X", then amovement is made in the -X-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Page 183: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 175 -

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +X-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +X-axis and -X-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +X-axis, -X-axis, and +Y-axis directions.

When bit 0 (CRY) of parameter No. 12380 is set to 1, however, ameasurement is made as follows:When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +X-axis directions only.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2043 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2043 is executed, the diameter of the circle is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 184: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 176 -

2.5.5 Inside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the inside diameterof a circle is measured.

When you select "INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT (PROBEZ-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OutsideDiameter Measurement".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OUTSIDEDIAMETER MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 185: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 177 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α - r)) in the X-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Y" inthe Y-axis direction.

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ) from that point, a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Then, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a rapidmovement is made to the X coordinate specified by "CENTERPOINT X", then a movement is made in the -X-axis direction bythe distance ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2 - α -r) at feedrate fa.

<7> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<8> After of the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<9> In the +X-axis direction, a movement is made at feedrate fa to theposition (measurement position of the first measurement - β),then a measurement is made at the feedrate specified by"MOVING MEAS. SPEED" in the range from that position to (β+ γ). (Second measurement)

<10>A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<11> In the Z-axis direction, a return movement is made by"APROCH DISTANCE".

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the point

specified by ("CENTER POINT X" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α - r)) in the X-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Y" inthe Y-axis direction.

Page 186: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 178 -

<2> In the Z-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -Z-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the X coordinate specified by " CENTER POINT X ",then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -X-axis directionby the distance ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2 - α - r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -X-axis direction and ±Y-axis directions.

<9> In the Z-axis direction, a return movement is made by"APROCH DISTANCE".

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsThe description is the same as for "Outside Diameter Measurement".

Page 187: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 179 -

Motion when spindle orientation is enabledThe description is the same as for "Outside Diameter Measurement".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2044 Q D H V L R F P M W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2044 is executed, the diameter of the circle is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 188: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 180 -

2.5.6 Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the width of aprojection is measured.

Select "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)" onthe post-machining inspection menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle.

Measurement motion screenThe displayed items are the same as for "OUTSIDE WIDTH WORKSETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as atool offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "TOOL T"screen is not displayed.

- OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.If the difference between the obtained result of measurement and thespecified value (input value "PROJECTION WIDTH") is within thisallowable range, the absence of errors is assumed, and no setting isperformed as a tool offset value.Enter a numeric value.

Page 189: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 181 -

- FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The description of processing is the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (milling side)The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXISDIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of measurement motion is the same as for "OUTSIDEWIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2045 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2045 is executed, the projection width is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a tool offset value.

Page 190: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 182 -

2.5.7 Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the Z-axis direction, the width of agroove is measured.

Select "INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)" onthe post-machining inspection menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle.

Measurement motion screenThe displayed items are the same as for "INSIDE WIDTH WORKSETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value setting (turning side)The displayed items are the same as for "OUTSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of measurement motion is the same as for "INSIDEWIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2046 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2046 is executed, the groove width is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 191: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 183 -

2.6 CALIBRATION (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.6.1 Touch Sensor Position Measurement

When the reference tool is oriented in the X-axis direction, theposition of the touch sensor for tool measurement is measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT(TOOL X-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

The displayed items are the same as for "TOUCH SENSORPOSITION MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS)".

Setting screen

The displayed items are the same as for "TOUCH SENSORPOSITION MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS)".

Page 192: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 184 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -X-axis direction

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate) representsthe touch sensor position (Ay,Az).

<2> In the -X -axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Ax + "CLEARANCE").

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:A: Touch sensor position. If "SETTIN" is selected in "SPECIFY OF

MEAS. PT.", A represents the "sensor position for measurementin -X direction" of the specified condition. If "INPUT" isspecified in "SPECIFY OF MEAS. PT.", A represents thecoordinates specified by "MEASURE POINT X", "MEASUREPOINT Y", and "MEASURE POINT Z".

Ax: X coordinate of the touch sensor position aboveAy: Y coordinate of the touch sensor position aboveAz: Z coordinate of the touch sensor position abovefa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 193: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 185 -

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -Y-axis direction

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Ay + "CLEARANCE"). The approach point (Zcoordinate) represents the touch sensor position Az.

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).The approach point (X coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Ax.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Y-axisdirection.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the +Y-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents (touch sensorposition Ay - "CLEARANCE"). The approach point (Zcoordinate) represents the touch sensor position Az.

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).The approach point (X coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Ax.

Page 194: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 186 -

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -Y-axisdirection.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the +Z-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents the touchsensor position Ay. The approach point (Z coordinate) represents(touch sensor position Az - "CLEARANCE").

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).The approach point (X coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Ax.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -Z-axisdirection.

- Measurement of the touch sensor position for measurement in the -Z-axis direction<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents the touchsensor position Ay. The approach point (Z coordinate) represents(touch sensor position Az + "CLEARANCE").

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).The approach point (X coordinate) represents the touch sensorposition Ax.

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

Page 195: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 187 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2100 P Q B R K H V L C F W I S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2100 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the touch sensorposition of the calibration data in the specified measurementcondition.

Page 196: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 188 -

2.6.2 Probe Length Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the length of theprobe is measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASURE POINT Y, ZEnter the Y and Z coordinates of a measurement point.Enter numeric values.

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "PROBELENGTH CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 197: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 189 -

Setting screen

The displayed items are the same as for "Probe Length Measurement"of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT Y" and "MEASURE POINTZ".

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (T + "REFER.WORK HEIGHT" + "CLEARANCE").

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the feedrateF specified by "MOVING MEAS.SPEED". (Secondmeasurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

Page 198: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 190 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:T: Height of the surface on which the reference workpiece is placed.

("HEIGHT OF PLANE PUT REFERENCE WORK (X)" on themeasurement condition screen is referenced.)

f: Value of the "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT"" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2101 Q D H V C F S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2101 is executed, the measured value is output to macrovariables for the result of measurement and as the probe length in thecalibration data of the specified measurement condition.

Page 199: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 191 -

2.6.3 Stylus Ball Diameter Measurement

The diameters of the stylus ball in the Y-axis direction and Z-axisdirection are measured.

When you select "STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION(PROBE X-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.A measurement is made on the YZ plane.

Measurement motion screen

- APROCH CENTER PT. Y, ZEnter the Y and Z coordinates of a measurement start point.Usually, enter the coordinates of the center of the referenceworkpiece.Enter numeric values.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the X-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "StylusBall Diameter Measurement" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Page 200: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 192 -

Setting screen

The displayed items are the same as for "Stylus Ball DiameterMeasurement" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.Y" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 -α - stylus radius r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -X-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -X-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a movement is made in the +Y-axisdirection at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> After a rapid return movement is made by β, a rapid movementis made to the Y coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.Y", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

Page 201: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 193 -

<7> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<8> After the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<9> In the +Y-axis direction, a movement is made at feedrate fa tothe position (measurement position of the first measurement - β),then a measurement is made at the input feedrate F in the rangefrom that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<10>A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<11>A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then this

measurement cycle is executed.<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement is

first made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.Y" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 -α - stylus radius r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -X-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -X-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a movement is made in the +Y-axisdirection at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the Y coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.Y", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 202: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 194 -

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +Z-axis directions.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2102 Q D H V L R F S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2102 is executed, the diameters of the stylus ball in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions are found from the measured values and areoutput to the calibration data and macro variables for the result ofmeasurement.

Page 203: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 195 -

2.6.4 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-A

The offset between the center of the stylus ball and the center of thespindle is measured.

NOTEBy using the spindle orientation function, themachine tool builder needs to perform spindlepositioning at 0° or 180° based on a miscellaneousfunction (M code).

When you select "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A (PROBEX-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.A measurement is made on the YZ plane.

Measurement motion screen

- APROCH CENTER PT. Y, ZEnter the Y and Z coordinates of a measurement start point.Usually, enter the coordinates of the center of the referenceworkpiece.Enter numeric values.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the X-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "StylusBall Center Offset Measurement-A" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Page 204: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 196 -

Setting screen

The displayed items are the same as for "Stylus Ball Center OffsetMeasurement-A" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.Y" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 -α - stylus radius r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the -X-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -X-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> After 0-degree spindle orientation is executed, a measurement ismade in the +Y-axis direction in the range (α + γ) at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

Page 205: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 197 -

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and 180-degreespindle orientation is executed, then a measurement is made atthe feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED" in therange from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<8> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the Y coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.Y", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<10>A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "AAPPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +Z-axis directions.

Page 206: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 198 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2103 Q D H V L R F P S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2103 is executed, center offsets of the stylus ball in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions are found from the measured values and areoutput to the calibration data and macro variables for the result ofmeasurement.

Page 207: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 199 -

2.6.5 Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-B

The offset between the center of the stylus ball and the center of thespindle is measured.

NOTEA reference workpiece needs to be accuratelyplaced on a table whose center position is known.

When you select "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B (PROBEX-AXIS)" on the calibration menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the screen below appears.A measurement is made on the YZ plane.

Measurement motion screen

- CENTER PT. YEnter the Y coordinate of the center of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- CENTER PT. ZEnter the Z coordinate of the center of the reference workpiece.Enter a numeric value.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the X-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "StylusBall Center Offset Measurement-B" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Setting screenThe displayed items are the same as for "Stylus Ball Center OffsetMeasurement-B" of "CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Page 208: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 200 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> The reference workpiece is placed on the table, then thismeasurement cycle is executed.

<2> When this measurement cycle is executed, a rapid movement isfirst made from the current position to the point specified by("APROCH CENTER PT.Y" + ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 -α - stylus radius r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "APROCHCENTER PT.Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<3> A rapid movement is made in the X-axis direction to the point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<4> A movement is made in the -X-axis direction to a point of"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> A measurement is made in the +Y-axis direction in the range (α+ γ) at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the Y coordinate specified by "APROCH CENTERPT.Y", then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axisdirection by the distance ("BASE WORK RADIUS D"/2 - α -stylus radius r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 209: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 201 -

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and –Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +Z-axis directions.

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2104 Q D H V L R F P S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2104 is executed, center offsets of the stylus ball in the Y-axis and Z-axis directions are found from the input Y and Z centercoordinates and the measured values and are output to the calibrationdata and macro variables for the result of measurement.

Page 210: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 202 -

2.7 TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL X-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.7.1 Milling Tool Measurement

When the milling tool is oriented in the X-axis direction, the figure ofthe tool in the tool length direction and tool radius direction ismeasured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "MILLING TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL X-AXIS)" on the tool measurement menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

The displayed items are the same as for "Milling Tool Measurement"of "TOOL MESUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Milling Tool Measurement"of "TOOL MESUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Page 211: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 203 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of an offset value in the -X-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool length direction) - When [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X, Y,and Z SHIFT"

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate) representsthe Y and Z coordinates of the "sensor position for measurementin the -X direction" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (the Xcoordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Xdirection" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition + "CLEARANCE" + OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

Page 212: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 204 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -X-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool length direction) - When a soft key other than [AUTO] is selected in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, and Z SHIFT"

If the Z coordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Xdirection" of the touch sensor position is shifted from the Zcoordinate of the tool measurement position as shown below, specifythe shift amount in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when [OFSET+] isselected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT". (It is assumed that [AUTO] isselected for the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction.)<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate, Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents Y coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition.The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSD).

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

Page 213: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 205 -

• If [OFSET-] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position - OFSD).

• If [INPUT+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z"). If [INPUT-] is selected in"SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", the approach point (Z coordinate)represents (Z coordinate of the "sensor position for measurementin the -X direction" - the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z").

• If [DIFF+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", the approachpoint (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the -X direction" of the touch sensorposition + (OFSD + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z")). If [DIFF-] is selected in"SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", the approach point (Z coordinate)represents (Z coordinate of the "sensor position for measurementin the -X direction" - (OFSD + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Xand Y SHIFT" and motion in the X-axis and Y-axis.

Page 214: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 206 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Z-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents the Ycoordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition. The approach point (Z coordinate)represents (Z coordinate of the "sensor position for measurementin the -Z direction" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition + "CLEARANCE" + OFSD).

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSH).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +Z-axisdirection.

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Zdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".

• If [OFSET+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSH).

Page 215: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 207 -

• If [INPUT+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X").

• If [DIFF+] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approachpoint (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the -Z direction" of the touch sensorposition + (OFSH + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X")).

The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Y and ZSHIFT" and motion in the Y-axis and Z-axis.

- Measurement of an offset value in the +Z-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -Z-axis direction

- Measurement of an offset value in the +Y-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -Z-axis direction

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Y-axis direction (measurement of an offsetvalue in the tool radius direction)

Same as for measurement in the -Z-axis direction

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

OFSH : Tool length direction offset value.OHSD : Tool radius direction offset value.

Page 216: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 208 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2110 P Q C F H D V R L Z W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2110 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as a specified tooloffset value.

Page 217: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 209 -

2.7.2 Turning Tool Measurement

When the turning tool is oriented in the X-axis direction, the figure ofthe tool in the Z-axis direction and X-axis direction is measured.

Measurement motion screenWhen you select "TURNING TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL X-AXIS)" on the tool measurement menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

- MEASUREMENT METH.Specify the axis direction in which a measurement is made.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

The other items are the same as for "Turning Tool Measurement" of"TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Turning Tool Measurement"of "TOOL MEASUREMENT (TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Page 218: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 210 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

- Measurement of an offset value in the -X-axis direction

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents Y coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition.The approach point (Z coordinate) represents the (Z coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSZ).

<2> In the X -axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ "CLEARANCE" + OFSX).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the +X-axisdirection.

ZZZZ

XXXX

Page 219: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 211 -

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the -Xdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT".

• If [OFFSET] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSZ).

• If [INPUT] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z").

• If [DIFFER] is selected in "SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT", theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents (Z coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the -X direction" of thetouch sensor position + (OFSZ + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE Z")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Xand Y SHIFT" and motion in the X-axis and Y-axis.

Page 220: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 212 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the +Z-axis direction

The measurement motion described below is made when [AUTO] isselected in all input items of “SPECIFY OF X SHIFT”, “SPECIFYOF Y SHIFT”, and “SPECIFY OF Z SHIFT”.<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents the Ycoordinate of the "sensor position for measurement in the +Zdirection" of the touch sensor position in the specifiedmeasurement condition. The approach point (Z coordinate)represents (the Z coordinate of the "sensor position formeasurement in the +Z direction" of the touch sensor position inthe specified measurement condition - "CLEARANCE" + OFSZ).

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinateof the "sensor position for measurement in the +Z direction" ofthe touch sensor position in the specified measurement condition+ OFSX).

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("CLEARANCE" + γ), ameasurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<5> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε in the -Z-axisdirection.

ZZZZ

XXXX

Page 221: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 213 -

If the coordinates of the "sensor position for measurement in the +Zdirection" of the touch sensor position are shifted from thecoordinates of the tool measurement position, specify the shift in"SPECIFY OF X, Y, or Z SHIFT".For example, the motion described below is made when a soft keyother than [AUTO] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT".

• If [OFFSET] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the +Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + OFSX).

• If [INPUT] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", the approachpoint (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the "sensorposition for measurement in the +Z direction" of the touchsensor position + the value entered in "OFFSET/DIFFERENCEX").

• If [DIFFER] is selected in "SPECIFY OF X SHIFT", theapproach point (X coordinate) represents (X coordinate of the"sensor position for measurement in the +Z direction" of thetouch sensor position + (OFSX + the value entered in"OFFSET/DIFFERENCE X")).

• The descriptions above apply to the input in "SPECIFY OF Yand Z SHIFT" and motion in the Y-axis and Z-axis.

Page 222: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 214 -

- Measurement of an offset value in the -Z-axis directionSame as for measurement of an offset value in the +Z-axis direction

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

OFSX : X-axis direction offset valueOFSZ : Z-axis direction offset value

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2111 P Q C F H D V R L Z W I S Y ;

Measurement resultWhen G2111 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as a tool offsetvalue.

Page 223: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 215 -

2.8 WORK SET (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.8.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the X-axis direction is measured.

When you select "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenThe displayed items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theposition specified by "MEASURE POINT Y" and "MEASUREPOINT Z".

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point (X coordinate).Here, the approach point (X coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT X" - "APROCH DISTANCE") when the measurementdirection is "+X", or the approach point (X coordinate)represents ("MEASURE POINT X" + "APROCH DISTANCE")when the measurement direction is "-X".

<3> In the range from the approach point to ("APROCHDISTANCE" + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f. (Firstmeasurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

Page 224: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 216 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2120 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2120 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the X coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 225: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 217 -

2.8.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Y-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenThe displayed items are the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to theapproach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT Y" - α) when the measurement direction is "+Y", or theapproach point (Y coordinate) represents ("MEASURE POINTY" + α) when the measurement direction is "-Y". The approachpoint (Z coordinate) is the same as "MEASURE POINT Z".

<2> In the X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to the point("MEASURE POINT X" + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<3> In the X-axis direction, a movement is made to "MEASUREPOINT X" at feedrate fb.

<4> In the range from the approach point to (α + γ - stylus ball radiusr), a measurement is made at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<5> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made in the range from that position to (β + γ) at the specifiedfeedrate F. (Second measurement)

<6> Then, a return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" inthe X-axis direction.

Page 226: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 218 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in the

measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2121 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2121 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the Y coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 227: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 219 -

2.8.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Z-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Z-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenThe displayed items are the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"Z-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE Z-AXIS)" except that the screen title shows"Z-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Measurement motion<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the

approach point (Y coordinate,Z coordinate).Here, the approach point (Y coordinate) is the same as"MEASURE POINT Y".The approach point (Z coordinate) represents ("MEASUREPOINT Z" - α) when the measurement direction is "+Z", or theapproach point (Z coordinate) represents ("MEASURE POINTZ" + α) when the measurement direction is "-Z".

The subsequent motion is the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2122 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2122 is executed, the result of measurement is output tomacro variables for the result of measurement and as the Z coordinateof a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 228: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 220 -

2.8.4 Outside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center positionof the outside diameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBEX-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- CENTER POINT Y, ZEnter the correct center point coordinate Y and center pointcoordinate Z of the circle.Enter numeric values.

- HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT.Enter the height of a measurement point in the X-axis direction.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other items are the same as for "OutsideDiameter Measurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Page 229: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 221 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

- WORK COORD. VALUE YSpecify the Y coordinate of the measurement point in a specifiedworkpiece coordinate system.Enter a numeric value.

- WORK COORD. VALUE ZSpecify the Z coordinate of the measurement point in a specifiedworkpiece coordinate system.Enter a numeric value.

The other input items are the same as for "Outside DiameterMeasurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)"

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The same processing as for "Outside Diameter Measurement" of"WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)" is performed.

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (milling side)The displayed items are the same as for the turning side.

Page 230: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 222 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("OUTSIDEDIAMETER"/2 + α +r)) in the Y-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If “ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f. (Firstmeasurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the +X-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT Y", then amovement is made in the -Y-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

XXXX

Page 231: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 223 -

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsWhen "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 1, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis direction only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 2, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis and -Y-axis directions only.When "MEASUREMENT POINT" is set to 3, a measurement is madein the +Y-axis, -Y-axis, and +Z-axis directions.

Motion when spindle orientation is enabledWhen "SPINDLE ORIENTATION" is set to ON, spindle orientationis performed for each measurement point.Measurement in the +Y-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the 0°positionMeasurement in the -Y-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the180° positionMeasurement in the +Z-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the270° positionMeasurement in the -Z-axis direction → Spindle orientation to the 90°position

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2123 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2123 is executed, the center of the circle is found from themeasured value, and is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 232: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 224 -

2.8.5 Inside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center positionof the inside diameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "INSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OutsideDiameter Measurement".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Outside DiameterMeasurement".

Page 233: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 225 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α - r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Z" inthe Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> Next, a movement is made in the -X-axis direction to the pointspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If “ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range (α + γ) from that point, a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the Y coordinate specified by " CENTER POINT Y ",then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axis directionby the distance ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2 - α - r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

XXXX

Page 234: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 226 -

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Motion depending on the number of measurement pointsThe description of motion is the same as for "Outside DiameterMeasurement".

Motion when spindle orientation is enabledThe description of motion is the same as for "Outside DiameterMeasurement".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2124 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2124 is executed, the center of the circle is found from themeasured value, and is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified workpiece origin offset value.

Page 235: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 227 -

2.8.6 Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center positionof a projection width is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASUREMENT DIREC.Specify an axis direction for measurement.Select a desired axis direction from the following soft keys:

- CENTER POINT Y, ZEnter the correct center coordinate of the projection.For the direction other than the measurement direction, enter thecoordinate of a measurement point.Enter numeric values.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for"OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Page 236: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 228 -

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (turning side)This screen enables specification for setting a measured value as aworkpiece origin offset value on the turning side.

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "WORKT" screen is not displayed.

OK RANGE (±)Specify an allowable range of errors obtained from measurement.if the difference between the center coordinate obtained frommeasurement and the correct value (input value "CENTER POINT Y"or "CENTER POINT Z") is within this allowable range, the absenceof errors is assumed, and no setting is performed as a workpieceorigin offset value.Enter a numeric value.

FEED BACK RANGE (±)If an error obtained from measurement is not within the OK range butis within this feedback range, the measured value is set in the settingdestination.If an error obtained from measurement exceeds the feedback range, analarm is issued.Enter a numeric value.

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "OutsideWidth Measurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Processing when the OK range and the feedback range are 0The description of processing is the same as for "Outside WidthMeasurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value setting (milling side)The descriptions of the input items are the same as for the turningside.

Page 237: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 229 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> For measurement in the Y-axis direction, a rapid movement ismade from the current position to the point specified by("CENTER POINT Y" + ("PROJECTION WIDTH"/2 + α + r))in the Y-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Z" in the Z-axis direction. Similarly, for measurement in the Z-axis direction,a rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction and by("CENTER POINT Z" + ("PROJECTION WIDTH"/2 + α + r))in the Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> Then a movement is made in the -X-axis direction to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb. In therange from that position to (α + γ), a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<4> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<5> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the +X-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<6> A rapid movement is then made to the center coordinates. Next,a movement is made to the approach point on the minus (-) sideat feedrate fa. Then, a similar measurement is also made in the -Y-axis (-Z-axis) direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

Page 238: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 230 -

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2125 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J KE ;

Measurement resultWhen G2125 is executed, the center of the projection width is foundfrom the measured value, and is output to macro variables for theresult of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 239: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 231 -

2.8.7 Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center positionof a groove width is measured.

When you select "INSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OUTSIDEWIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "OUTSIDEWIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Page 240: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 232 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> For measurement in the Y-axis direction, a rapid movement ismade from the current position to the point specified by("CENTER POINT Y" + ("GROOVE WIDTH"/2 - α - r)) in theY-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Z" in the Z-axisdirection. Similarly, for measurement in the Z-axis direction, arapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "CENTER POINT Y" in the Y-axis direction and by("CENTER POINT Z" + ("GROOVE WIDTH"/2 - α - r)) in theZ-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> Then, a measurement is made at feedrate f in the +Y-axis (+Z-axis) direction in the range (α + γ). (First measurement)

<5> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<6> A rapid movement is then made to the center coordinates. Next,a movement is made to the approach point on the minus (-) sideat feedrate fa. Then, a similar measurement is also made in the -Y-axis (-Z-axis) direction.

<7> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in theX-axis direction.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

XXXX

Page 241: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 233 -

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2126 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2126 is executed, the center and size of the groove width arefound from the measured value, and are output to macro variables forthe result of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 242: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 234 -

2.8.8 C-axis Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center angle ofa projection width in the C-axis direction is measured.

When you select "C-AXIS OUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP(PROBE X-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of themeasurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

- MEASURE POINT Z, YEnter the Y and Z coordinates of a measurement start point.Enter numeric values.

- CENTER ANGLEEnter the correct center angle of the C coordinate.Enter a numeric value (in the input unit for angle).

The descriptions of the other input items are the same as for "C-axisOutside Width Measurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "C-axisOutside Width Measurement" of "WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXISDIRECTION)".

Page 243: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 235 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT Y" and "MEASURE POINTZ".

<2> Next, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint ("CENTER ANGLE" - "ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS").

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<4> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the +C-axis direction, a measurement is made in the range of"ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS" at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Then, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the +X-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> Then, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint ("CENTER ANGLE" + "ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS").

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -C-axis direction.

Page 244: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 236 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2131 Q H V C A L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2131 is executed, the center angle of the projection width isfound from the measured value, and is output to macro variables forthe result of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 245: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 237 -

2.8.9 C-axis Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the center angle ofa groove in the C-axis direction is measured.

When you select "C-AXIS INSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBEX-AXIS)" on the centering menu selection screen of the measurementcycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The descriptions of the input items are the same as for "C-axisOutside Width Measurement".

Input screen for automatic workpiece offset value settingThe descriptions of the input items are the same as for "C-axisOutside Width Measurement".

Page 246: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 238 -

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by "MEASURE POINT Z" and "MEASURE POINTY".

<2> Next, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to thepoint specified by "CENTER ANGLE".

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<4> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<5> In the +C-axis direction, a measurement is made in the range of"ANGLE RANGE OF MEAS" at feedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Then, a rapid movement is made in the C-axis direction to themeasurement start point.

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -C-axis direction.<9> A return movement is made by "APROCH DISTANCE" in the

X-axis direction.

Page 247: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 239 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of "APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2132 Q H V C A L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2132 is executed, the center angle of the groove width isfound from the measured value, and is output to macro variables forthe result of measurement and as a specified workpiece origin offsetvalue.

Page 248: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 240 -

2.9 MEASURE (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)

2.9.1 End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the X-axis direction is measured.

When you select "X-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEX-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenAs the window title, "X-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT(PROBE X-AXIS)" is indicated.The other displayed items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for "X-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "X-DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of motion is the same as for X-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2140 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2140 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified tool offset value.

Page 249: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 241 -

2.9.2 End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Y-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Y-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEX-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenAs the window title, "Y-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT(PROBE X-AXIS)" is indicated.The other displayed items are the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Y-DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of motion is the same as for "Y-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2141 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2141 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified tool offset value.

Page 250: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 242 -

2.9.3 End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement

The position of an end face in the Z-axis direction is measured.

When you select "Z-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT (PROBEX-AXIS) on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screenAs the window title, "Z-AXIS DIRECTION MEASUREMENT(PROBE X-AXIS)" is indicated.The other displayed items are the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTION WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTIONMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of motion is the same as for "Z-AXIS DIRECTIONWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2142 Q P H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2142 is executed, the compensation value obtained from themeasured value is output to macro variables for the result ofmeasurement and as a specified tool offset value.

Page 251: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 243 -

2.9.4 Outside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the outsidediameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT(PROBE X-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selectionscreen of the measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for"OUTSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "OUTSIDE DIAMETERMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Page 252: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 244 -

Measurement motion

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("OUTSIDEDIAMETER"/2 + α + r)) in the Y-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Z" in the Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the +X-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<7> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT Y", then amovement is made in the -Y-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<9> After of the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<10>A movement is made in the +Y-axis direction to the position(first measurement position + β) at feedrate fa, then a movementis made in the -X-axis direction to the position specified by"HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb. Next, a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<11>Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, then a rapid returnmovement is made in the X-axis direction to the position beforethe start of measurement.

<12>A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the point

specified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("OUTSIDEDIAMETER"/2 + α +r)) in the Y-axis direction and by"CENTER POINT Z" in the Z-axis direction.

XXXX

Page 253: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 245 -

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> In the -X-axis direction, a movement is made to the positionspecified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ), a measurement is made at feedrate f.(First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> Next, a rapid return movement is made by ε, and a rapid returnmovement is made in the +X-axis direction to the approach point("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCH DISTANCE").

<8> A rapid movement is made to "CENTER POINT Y", then amovement is made in the -Y-axis direction by the distance("OUTSIDE DIAMETER"/2 + α + r) at feedrate fa.

<9> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

Page 254: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 246 -

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2143 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2143 is executed, the size of the circle is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 255: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 247 -

2.9.5 Inside Diameter Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the insidediameter of a circle is measured.

When you select "INSIDE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT (PROBEX-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for"INSIDE DIAMETER WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "INSIDE DIAMETERMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionMeasurement motion is described below.

<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the pointspecified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α - r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Z" inthe Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

Page 256: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 248 -

<3> Then, a movement is made in the -X-axis direction to theposition specified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ) from that point, a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> After a rapid return movement is made by β, a rapid movementis made to "CENTER POINT Y".

<7> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<8> After the first measurement, a center position for the secondmeasurement is calculated from the measurement result of eachpoint.

<9> In the +Y-axis direction, a movement is made at feedrate fa tothe position (measurement position of the first measurement - β),then a measurement is made at the feedrate specified by"MOVING MEAS. SPEED" in the range from that position to (β+ γ). (Second measurement)

<10>A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<11>In the X-axis direction, a return movement is made by"APROCH DISTANCE".

When bit 3 (SHRT) of parameter No. 12380 = 1<1> A rapid movement is made from the current position to the point

specified by ("CENTER POINT Y" + ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2- α - r)) in the Y-axis direction and by "CENTER POINT Z" inthe Z-axis direction.

<2> In the -X-axis direction, a rapid movement is made to theapproach point ("HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." + "APROCHDISTANCE").

<3> Then, a movement is made in the -X-axis direction to theposition specified by "HEIGHT OF MEAS. PT." at feedrate fb.

<4> If "ON" is selected for "SPINDLE ORIENTATION", spindleorientation is performed here.

<5> In the range of (α + γ) from that point, a measurement is made atfeedrate f. (First measurement)

<6> Next, a rapid return movement is made by β, and a measurementis made at the feedrate specified by "MOVING MEAS. SPEED"in the range from that position to (β + γ). (Second measurement)

<7> After a rapid return movement is made by ε, a rapid movement ismade to the Y coordinate specified by " CENTER POINT Y ",then a movement is made at feedrate fa in the -Y-axis directionby the distance ("INSIDE DIAMETER"/2 - α - r).

<8> A similar measurement is made in the -Y-axis direction and ±Z-axis directions.

<9> In the X-axis direction, a return movement is made by"APROCH DISTANCE".

Page 257: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 249 -

The symbols used above have the following meanings:fa: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"

in the measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."Rapid traverse rate when bit 2 (RPDF) of parameter No. 12380is set to 1.

fb: Value of "FEED-RATE FOR APPROACHING START POINT"in the axis direction in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

f: Value of “FEED-RATE FOR 1ST MEASUREMENT" in themeasurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

α: Value of “APPROACH DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

β: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 1STMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

γ: Value of "OVERLAP DISTANCE FOR MEASUREMENT" inthe measurement condition of the group number specified in"MEASUREMENT COND."

ε: Value of "ESCAPING DISTANCE FOR 2NDMEASUREMENT" in the measurement condition of the groupnumber specified in "MEASUREMENT COND."

r: Value obtained by dividing ("STYLUS BALL 1ST AXISDIAMETER" in the calibration data of the group numberspecified in "MEASUREMENT COND.") by 2

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2144 Q D H V L R F P M W I J S YU A B K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2144 is executed, the size of the circle is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 258: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 250 -

2.9.6 Outside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the width of aprojection is measured.

When you select "OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for"OUTSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "OUTSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of motion is the same as for "OUTSIDE WIDTHWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2145 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2145 is executed, the projection width is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 259: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE

- 251 -

2.9.7 Inside Width Measurement

When the probe is oriented in the X-axis direction, the width of agroove is measured.

When you select "INSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT (PROBE X-AXIS)" on the post-machining inspection menu selection screen ofthe measurement cycle, the following screen appears:

Measurement motion screen

The detailed descriptions of the input items are the same as for"INSIDE WIDTH WORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

Input screen for automatic tool offset value settingThe displayed items are the same as for "INSIDE WIDTHMEASUREMENT (PROBE Z-AXIS)".

Measurement motionThe description of motion is the same as for "INSIDE WIDTHWORK SETUP (PROBE X-AXIS)".

G code formatWhen you press the INSERT key after entering necessary data, a Gcode program in the following format is stored in the machiningprogram memory:

G2146 P Q D H V L R F W I S Y U J K E ;

Measurement resultWhen G2146 is executed, the groove width is found from themeasured value, and the compensation value obtained from thedifference is output to macro variables for the result of measurementand as a specified tool offset value.

Page 260: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

2.MEASUREMENT CYCLE B-63874EN-1/02

- 252 -

2.10 SETTING OF A RANGE FOR DISABLING FEEDBACK

Even if the results of measurements lie within a specified feedbackrang in a measurement cycle of a machining program, the feedbackcapability can be disabled.In this case, however, the results of measurements are recorded in ameasurement result list.

Setting the feedback mode to ON/OFFIn the range specified by the four-digit G codes indicated below,feedback operation is disabled even if the results of measurements liewithin the feedback range after measurement cycle execution.

G2090 Feedback mode OFFG2091 Feedback mode ON

NOTEAt the time of power-on or reset, the feedback modeis ON.

Example of useO2999;G2003Q5.D30.H0.V0.L-10.R20.F10.S0.003Y1. ;;G2090;;G2040P1.Q5.H100.V0.L-10.R20.F10.W7.I2.S0.005Y1.U7.J4.K0.005E1. ;G2040P1.Q5.H-100.V0.L-10.R20.F10.W7.I2.S0.005Y1.U7.J4.K0.005E1.;G2040P1.Q5.H120.V50.L-10.R20.F10.W7.I2.S0.005Y1.U7.J4.K0.005E1.;;G2091;;

In this range,feedback operationis disabled.

Page 261: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 253 -

3 MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

Page 262: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 254 -

3.1 SETTING MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

This procedure lets you set the conditions necessary for each type ofmeasurement.Both measurement cycles and manual measurement reference thesame settings.Before starting measurement, be sure to set the necessarymeasurement conditions.

Selecting a measurement condition set screen

<1> Press the [>] soft key on the initial screen of each mode todisplay the soft keys shown below. Then, press the [SETING]soft key.(Example) Manual mode

<2> The following screen appears.

<3> Press the [→] cursor key. The measurement condition entryscreen select menu appears.

Page 263: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 255 -

3.1.1 SETTING OF MEASURE CONDITON

This procedure lets you set up measurement conditions.

<1> On the measurement condition entry screen select menu, placethe cursor on "SETTING," and press [OK]. The following screenappears.

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

"HEIGHT OF PLANE PUT REFERENCE WORK (Z)/(X)" isreferenced for "PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION". Enter themachine coordinates of the plane (such as the height of a table top)where a reference workpiece is to be placed.

Page 264: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 256 -

3.1.2 Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF TOOL MEASUREMENT

The following procedure lets you set conditions for toolmeasurement. The same data can be set on the setting screen of eachgroup.

<1> On the measurement condition entry screen select menu, placethe cursor on "MEASURE CONDITION TOOLMEASUREMENT A," and press [OK]. The following screenappears.

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

"X-/Y-DIFF. BASE POINT TO TOOL ATTACH POS." is referencedfor "TOUCH SENSOR POSITION MEASUREMENT" and "TOOLMEASUREMENT". If the base point of the coordinate system differsfrom the tool attachment position, enter the difference. Set this data,for example, if the head itself where a tool is attached has a turningfunction, and the turning axis is the base point of the coordinatesystem. Even in such a case, however, this data need not be set whenthe offset value from the base point of the coordinate system is usedas the offset data of the tool.

Turning center

Page 265: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 257 -

3.1.3 Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF WORK SET/MEASURE

The following procedure lets you set measurement conditions relatedto centering and post-machining inspection. The same data can be seton the setting screen of each group.

<1> On the measurement condition entry screen select menu, placethe cursor on "MEASURE CONDITION OF WORKSET/MEASURE A," and press [OK]. The following screenappears. This screen lets you set up conditions related to themovement of a tool in its radius direction.

<2> Press the [→] cursor key on this screen. The following screenappears. This screen lets you set up conditions related to themovement of a tool in its axis direction.

Page 266: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 258 -

<3> Press the [→] cursor key again. The following screen appears.This screen lets you set up conditions related to the movement ofa tool in the C-axis direction.

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.

The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

Page 267: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 259 -

3.1.4 Outputting Measurement Conditions to Memory Cards

Output screenWhen you press the [OUTPUT] soft key, the [YES] and [NO] softkeys are displayed to confirm your request for measurement dataoutput.

Pressing the [YES] soft key outputs the measurement condition datato a memory card.Pressing the [NO] soft key cancels your output request and takes youback to the setting screen.

Output file nameThe output file is named 'MEASCOND.DAT.'

Page 268: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 260 -

3.1.5 Inputting Measurement Conditions from Memory Cards

Input screenOn the setting screen, press the [INPUT] soft key. The following filedirectory screen appears.

Pressing the [READ] soft key loads the selected measurementcondition data file.Pressing the [CLOSE] soft key closes the file directory, returning thescreen display to the setting screen.

Page 269: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 261 -

3.2 SETTING AND REFERENCING CALIBRATION DATA

This procedure lets you reference and set the calibration datanecessary to perform each type of measurement.Both measurement cycles and manual measurement reference andmake the same settings.Before starting measurement, be sure to set the necessary calibrationdata.

3.2.1 Selecting the CALIBRATION Screen

<1> Press the [>] soft key on the initial screen of each mode todisplay the [SETING] soft key. Then, press the [SETING] softkey.

<2> The following screen appears.

<3> Press the [→] cursor key twice. The following calibration datareference screen select menu appears.

Page 270: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 262 -

3.2.2 Setting Calibration Data

The following procedure lets you make settings related to calibrationdata.

<1> On the calibration data reference screen select menu, place thecursor on "SETING," and press [OK]. The following screenappears.

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

Specify a numerical value in "WHETHER USE OF TOUCHSENSOR COMPENSATE".Specify 0 when specifying the position of the sensor for toolmeasurement by using a reference value only.Specify 1 when specifying the position of the sensor for toolmeasurement by using a reference value added to an offset value.

Page 271: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 263 -

3.2.3 Referencing and Setting Touch Sensor Position Data

The following procedure lets you reference touch sensor position data.The measurement result obtained in "TOUCH SENSOR POSITIONMEASUREMENT" is displayed.The procedure lets you also set data on the screen.The same data can be set on the touch sensor position setting screenof each group.

<1> On the measurement condition entry screen select menu, placethe cursor on "TOUCH SENSOR POSITION A," and press [OK].The following screen appears. The reference positions of thetouch sensors are displayed here.

NOTEThe item "+X DIRECTION" represents the positionof a sensor when measurements are made in the+X direction.

<2> Press the [→] cursor key. The following screen appears. On thisscreen, a compensation value for the reference position of eachtouch sensor is displayed. The sum of this compensation valueand the coordinates of the the reference value is assumed to bethe actual touch sensor position.

Page 272: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 264 -

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.

The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

Page 273: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 265 -

3.2.4 Referencing and Setting Probe Form Data

This procedure lets you reference the form data of a probe. Thedisplayed data includes the measurement results obtained with"PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION," "STYLUS BALL DIAMETERCALIBRATION," "STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A," and"STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B."It is possible also to set data from the screen.The same data can be set on the probe form setting screen of eachgroup.

<1> On the measurement condition entry screen select menu, placethe cursor on "PROBE FORM A," and press [OK]. Thefollowing screen appears.

Input value setting range for each itemSpecify each item, using a number.

The data entered on this screen is assigned to macro variables.

Page 274: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 266 -

3.2.5 Outputting Calibration Data to Memory Cards

Output screenWhen you press the [OUTPUT] soft key on the setting screen, the[YES] and [NO] soft keys are displayed to confirm your request formeasurement data output.

Pressing the [YES] soft key outputs the calibration data to a memorycard.Pressing the [NO] soft key cancels your output request and takes youback to the setting screen.

Output file nameThe output file is named 'MEASCALB.DAT.'

Page 275: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 267 -

3.2.6 Inputting Calibration Data from Memory Cards

Input screenOn the setting screen, press the [INPUT] soft key. The following filedirectory screen appears.

Pressing the [READ] soft key loads the selected calibration data file.Pressing the [CLOSE] soft key cancels the processing performed sofar and closes the file directory. Then, the screen display returns tothe setting screen.

Page 276: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 268 -

3.3 SUPPORT FOR INCH/METRIC SWITCHING WITH THESET-UP GUIDANCE FUNCTIONS

Inch/metric mode switching is supported for data handled with theset-up guidance functions. So, even when data set as metric data isentered, the data is automatically converted to inch data for display ifthe inch mode is set.

NOTEThe inch/metric switching function is an NC optionfunction.

3.3.1 Data Display

Measurement condition data and calibration data is automaticallyconverted for display according to the inch/metric mode setting.Measurement condition data and calibration data is stored in macrovariables for measurement. In this case, the data is stored as metricdata. When such data is displayed on the setting screen, or isreferenced for measurement macro execution, the data is converted toinch data when acquired if the inch mode is set.Feedrate-related data is displayed as follows according to theinch/metric mode setting:For metric display:

Data is displayed with all fractional digits discarded.For inch display:

Data is displayed with two decimal places.

(Example) Feedrate for the first measurement timeFor metric display: 300 [mm/min]For inch display: 11.81 [inch/min]

(Example of screen display for tool measurement conditions)Screen display when metric input is set

Page 277: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 3.MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS

- 269 -

Screen display when inch input is set

The following data is not affected by the inch/metric input setting:• Number of groups of measurement condition data for tool

measurement/calibration data• Number of groups of measurement condition data for centering

and inspection after machining/calibration data• Whether compensation values are available for calibration data

for tool measurement• Number of customization items• Compensation values for the settings of tool compensation

values for inspection after machining• Measurement condition customization data

NOTEData in the C-axis (rotation axis) direction is notaffected by the inch/metric setting. However, thedecimal places of feedrate data are displayedaccording to the inch/metric setting.

3.3.2 Data Input/Output

Measurement condition data and calibration data is output to thememory card as described below.

Data outputData is output as metric data.

Data inputData is input as metric data.Data input as inch data is also stored in macro variables as metricdata.

Page 278: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 270 -

4 MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAYSCREENS

Page 279: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS

- 271 -

4.1 MEASUREMENT RESULT LIST SCREENS

4.1.1 Displaying the RESULT Screen

If the machine is in the manual or automatic operation mode, the[MESLST] soft key is displayed as shown below.(In the manual operation mode)

Press the [MESLST] soft key. The measurement result screenappears.

- Pressing the [CLOSE] soft key closes the measurement result listscreen.

- Using the [↑] and [↓] cursor movement keys and [↑PAGE] and[↓PAGE] switch keys can scroll the screen.

Page 280: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 272 -

4.1.2 Data Displayed on the RESULT Screen

Measurement date and timeThe displayed measurement date and time data includes year, month,day, hour, minute, and second.

(Example) 2001 11/06 12:34:56

Measurement typeWhether the machine is in the automatic or manual mode is indicatedalong with the type of the measurement performed.(Example) AUTO-OUTSIDE DIAMETER (MEASUREMENT

PROBE Z-AXIS)

TARGETThe characters representing up to two axis addresses and the relatednumeric data are displayed.• Results obtained when the machine is in the manual mode:

The target used on the post-machining inspection menu isdisplayed.(Example) Circle outside diameter 'D 99999.999'

• Results obtained in automatic measurement:The target used on the post-machining inspection menu isdisplayed.(Example) Circle outside diameter 'D 99999.999'

The reference coordinates used on the centering function menuare displayed.(Example) Circle center 'X -12345.678', 'Y-12345.678'

RESULTThe characters representing up to three axis addresses and the relatednumeric data are displayed.(Example) Touch sensor position measurement 'X-12345.678', 'Y-

12345.678', 'Z-12345.678'

JUDGEWhether the measurement result was OK or NG and whether an offsetvalue was changed are displayed only in automatic measurement.

Page 281: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS

- 273 -

SET DEST• For measurements on the measurement preparation menu:

The name of a measurement condition group is displayed.

• For measurements on the centering function menu:The number for a workpiece coordinate system to be set up isdisplayed.(Example) Setting up G54.1P1 on a turning machine

"T- G54.1P1"

• For measurements on the tool measurement and post-machininginspection menus:The tool offset number to be set is displayed.(Example) Setting offset number 100 for tool diameter and wear

offset on a milling machine"M-D100-W"Setting offset number 25 for an X-axis geometryoffset on a turning machine"T-X25-G"

SET DATAThe value to be set in SET DEST is displayed.The characters representing up to three axis addresses and the relatednumeric data are displayed.

Page 282: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 274 -

4.1.3 Clearing Measurement Result List Data

On the measurement result list screen, pressing the [CLEAR] soft keydisplays the following confirmation message and soft keys.

Confirmation message: "Do you really want to delete all measurementresults?"

Pressing the [YES] soft key clears all measurement result list datafrom macro variables.

Page 283: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS

- 275 -

4.2 OUTPUTTING THE MEASUREMENT RESULT LIST TOMEMORY CARADS

4.2.1 Outputting Meurement Result List Data to Memory Cards

On the measurement result list screen, pressing the [OUTPUT] softkey displays the following confirmation message and soft keys.

Confirmation message: "Do you really want to output themeasurement result to a memory card?"

Pressing the [YES] soft key outputs all the measurement result listdata to a memory card under a file name of "MEASDATA.DAT."

Page 284: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

4.MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS B-63874EN-1/02

- 276 -

4.2.2 Output Format

The data output to the memory card is in plain text format.For easy incorporation into software such as spreadsheet softwarerunning on the personal computer, display items are delimited fromeach other by a comma (,) like "item,item,item,......" at data outputtime.

Example)

MEASDATA.DAT contents as opened with an editorDate,Time,Auto/manual,Measurementtype,,Result,,,Target,,,Set destination,,Set data,,,Judge2002/3/8,12:04:13,Automatic,Outside diameter,,,,,,,,,,,,,OK,,,,,X,12345.678,,X,12345.678,,T-W57.1P1,,X,12345.678,,,,,,,Y,12345.678,,Y,12345.678,,,,Y,12345.678,,,,,,,Z,12345.678,,Z,12345.678,,,,Z,12345.678,,

2002/3/3,12:04:13,Manual,Touch sensor position,,,,,,,,,,,,,-,,,,,X,12345.678,,,,,Type A,,,,,,,,,,Y,12345.678,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,Z,12345.678,,,,,,,,,,

Date Time Auto/manual Measurement type Result Target Set destination Set data Judge2002/3/8 12:04:13 Automatic Outside diameter OK

X 12345.678 X 12345.68 T-W57.1P1 X 12345.678Y 12345.678 Y 12345.68 Y 12345.678Z 12345.678 Z 12345.68 Z 12345.678

2002/3/3 12:04:13 Manual Touch sensor position -X 12345.678 Type AY 12345.678Z 12345.678

Page 285: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 277 -

5 SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENTWhen the tool management option is available, it is possible tospecify the item to which a tool offset value measured in manual orautomatic measurements (measurement cycles) is to be set, usingOFFSET TYPE.

Page 286: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 278 -

5.1 TOOL MEASUREMENT (MANUAL MEASUREMENT)

When a tool measurement result is fed back to a toll offset value,specifying either of the following items enables the measurementresult to be fed back.- Offset number- Offset type

5.1.1 Selecting the TOOL MEASUREMENT Screen

<1> When the machine is in the manual mode, press the [MESURE]soft key.

<2> On the "MEASURE" tab, select TOOL MEASUREMENT.

5.1.2 Displays on the Screen

T-SELECT screenThe tool number corresponding to the current spindle position isdisplayed on the guide chart.

Specify "GROUP NO." and press the [TL-SEL] soft key. The tool isexchanged, and the tool number of the newly selected tool isdisplayed.

- TOOL NO.The function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Page 287: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 279 -

- GROUP NO.This item lets you specify the group number (tool type number) for atool to be selected, using a number in the following range:Data set range: 0 to 99999999

NOTEThis item is not displayed if the MSR parameter (bit2 of parameter No. 14823) is '0'.

- Soft key descriptions[TL-SEL]

This soft key lets you exchange the tool according to a specified"TOOL NO." or "GROUP NO."

NOTEAn alarm is issued if "TOOL NO." and "GROUPNO." are specified at the same time.

The functions of the other soft keys are the same as when toolmanagement is disabled.

Measurement screen

The function of this screen is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Measurement result set screen (T-TOOL)

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the "T-TOOL"screen is not displayed.

Page 288: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 280 -

Entering "TOOL OFFSET NO." causes the corresponding data to bedisplayed.

Entering "OFFSET TYPE" causes a tool offset number to be calculatefrom the tool number and tool type and displays the offset value forthe obtained tool offset number.

- TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDEThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

- OFFSET TYPEThis item lets you specify the offset type for which the measuredoffset value is to be set.Data set range: 1 to the number of offset types specified in parameterNo. 14825

NOTEThis item is not displayed if the MSR parameter (bit2 of parameter No. 14823) is '0'.

- OFFSET KINDThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Page 289: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 281 -

- Soft key descriptions[SET]

This soft key lets you set the measured tool offset value in"OFFSET NO." or "OFFSET TYPE."

NOTEAn alarm is issued if "OFFSET NO." and "OFFSETTYPE" are specified at the same time.

[OFFSET]This soft key lets you display the tool offset screen.

The functions of the other soft keys are the same as when toolmanagement is disabled.

Measurement result set screen (M-TOOL)

The function of this screen is the same as for "Measurement result setscreen (T-TOOL)."

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the "M-TOOL" screen isnot displayed.

Page 290: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 282 -

5.2 POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (MANUALMEASUREMENT)

When a workpiece measurement result is fed back to a tool offsetvalue, specifying one of the following items enables the measurementresult to be fed back to the tool offset value.- Offset number- Tool number and offset type- Group number (tool type number) and offset type

5.2.1 Selecting the MEASURE Screen

<1> When the machine is in the manual mode, press the [MESURE]soft key.

<2> Select the "MEASURE" tab.<3> Select a post-machining inspection type.

5.2.2 Displays on the Screen

MEASURE screen

The function of this screen is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Measurement result set screen (T-TOOL)

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “T-TOOL”screen is not displayed.

Page 291: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 283 -

Entering "TOOL OFFSET NO." causes the corresponding data to bedisplayed.

Placing the cursor on "TOOL NO." causes the following displays toappear.

Placing the cursor on "GROUP NO." causes the following displays toappear.

Page 292: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 284 -

Entering "OFFSET TYPE" causes a tool offset number to be calculatefrom the tool number and tool type or from the group number andoffset type, and displays the offset value for the obtained tool offsetnumber.

NOTE1 If "OFFSET TYPE" is specified, either "TOOL NO."

or "GROUP NO." must be specified.2 If "OFFSET NO." and "OFFSET TYPE" are

specified at the same time, the "OFFSET NO." datarather than the "OFFSET TYPE" data is displayed.

3 If "OFFSET NO.," "GROUP NO.," and "OFFSETTYPE" are specified at the same time, the offsetvalue data calculated from the "OFFSET TYPE"corresponding to the "TOOL NO." rather than theother type of data is displayed.

- TOOL OFFSET NO. T-SIDEThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

- TOOL NO.This item lets you specify the tool number for a tool for which themeasured offset value is to be set.

- GROUP NO.This item lets you specify the group number (tool type number) for atool for which the measured offset value is to be set.

- OFFSET TYPEThis item lets you specify the offset type for which the measuredoffset value is to be set.Data set range: 1 to the number of offset types specified in parameterNo. 14825

NOTENone of "TOOL NO.," "GROUP NO., " and"OFFSET TYPE" is displayed if the MSR parameter(bit 2 of parameter No. 14823) is '0'.

Page 293: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 285 -

- OFFSET KINDThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Soft key descriptions[SET]

This soft key lets you set the measured tool offset value for thespecified "OFFSET NO." or "OFFSET TYPE."

[OFFSET]This soft key lets you display the tool offset screen.

The functions of the other soft keys are the same as when toolmanagement is disabled.

Measurement result set screen (M-TOOL)

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the "M-TOOL" screen isnot displayed.

Page 294: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 286 -

5.3 TOOL MEASUREMENT (AUTOMATIC MEASUREMENT)

When a workpiece measurement result is fed back to a toll offsetvalue, specifying either of the following items enables themeasurement result to be fed back. If an offset type is specified, theoffset value corresponding to the tool number of the tool placed at thespindle position when a measurement is made is changed.- Offset number- Offset type

5.3.1 Selecting the TOOL MEASUREMENT Screen

<1> When the machine is in the edit mode, press the [MESCYC] softkey.

<2> Select the "TOOL MEASUREMENT" tab.<3> Select a tool measurement type.

5.3.2 Displays on the Screen

MOTION screen

The function of this screen is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Page 295: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 287 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset setting (turning machine)

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “TOOL T”screen is not displayed.

- COMP. NUMBER TThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

- OFFSET TYPEThis item lets you specify the offset type for which the measuredoffset value is to be set.

NOTEWhen bit 2 (MSR) of parameter No. 14823 is set to0, this item is not displayed.

Page 296: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 288 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset setting (milling machine)

The contents of this screen are the same as for "Input screen forautomatic tool offset setting (turning machine)."

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “TOOL M” screen isnot displayed.

Page 297: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 289 -

5.4 POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (AUTOMATICMEASUREMENT)

When a workpiece measurement result is fed back to a tool offsetvalue, specifying one of the following items enables the measurementresult to be fed back to the tool offset value.- Offset number- Tool number and offset type- Group number (tool type number) and offset type

5.4.1 Selecting the MEASURE Screen

<1> When the machine is in the edit mode, press the [MESCYC] softkey.

<2> Select the "MEASURE" tab.<3> Select a post-machining inspection type.

5.4.2 Displays on the Screen

MOTION screen

The function of this screen is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

Page 298: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT B-63874EN-1/02

- 290 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset setting (turning machine)

NOTEWith the CNC for a machining center, the “TOOL T”screen is not displayed.

- COMP. NUMBER TThe function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

- TOOL NUMBERThis item lets you specify the tool number for a tool for which themeasured offset value is to be set.

- GROUP NUMBERThis item lets you specify the group number (tool type number) for atool for which the measured offset value is to be set.

- OFFSET TYPEThis item lets you specify the offset type for which the measuredoffset value is to be set.

- SETTING DEST. (T)The function of this item is the same as when tool management isdisabled.

NOTEWhen bit 2 (MSR) of parameter No. 14823 is set to0, the items "TOOL NUMBER", "GROUPNUMBER", and "OFFSET TYPE" are notdisplayed.

Page 299: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 5.SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT

- 291 -

Input screen for automatic tool offset setting (milling machine)

The contents of this screen are the same as for "Input screen forautomatic tool offset setting (turning machine)."

NOTEWith the CNC for a lathe, the “TOOL M” screen isnot displayed.

Page 300: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE
Page 301: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

APPENDIX

Page 302: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE
Page 303: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 A.PARAMETERS

- 295 -

A PARAMETERS

WARNINGBe sure to use the parameters that have been set bythe machine tool builder. If a parameter setting ismodified, the measurement program maymalfunction.If the measurement program malfunctions, sensorsand measuring tools may be damaged and theoperator may be injured.

Page 304: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

A.PARAMETERS B-63874EN-1/02

- 296 -

A.1 REQUIRED PARAMETERS

When the set-up guidance functions of MANUAL GUIDE i are used,the parameter settings must be made as described below.

(1) No.12381≠0Set the start number of the P-CODE macro variable area forpreserving measurement condition data.

(2) No.12382≠0Set the start number of the P-CODE macro variable area forpreserving calibration data.

(3) No.12383≠0Set the start number of the P-CODE macro variable area used asa work area for measurement function execution.

(4) No.12384≠0Set the start number of the P-CODE macro variable area forpreserving measurement results.

(5) No.12385≠0Set the number of variables in the P-CODE macro variable areafor preserving measurement results.

When the manual measurement function is used, the parametersettings described below must also be made.

(1) No.12386≠0Set the address of the R signal of the PMC used to control theoperation of the manual measurement function.

(2) No.12388≠0Set the number of the macro program used to execute manualmeasurements when the [MESURE] key is pressed.

Page 305: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 A.PARAMETERS

- 297 -

A.2 PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

12380 ALCHK SHRT RPDF P CRY

(Default value = 0000000)[Data type] Bit

ALCHK If the result of a measurement cycle fails to fall in the feedback range:1: No alarm is issued.0: An alarm is issued.

SHRT In measurement of the diameter of a stylus ball and measurement ofthe inner and outer diameters:1: At each measurement point, the first measurement and the

second measurement are made in succession, then measurementprocessing proceeds to the next point.

0: All measurement points are measured under the firstmeasurement condition, then the second measurement is made.

RPDF When a movement is made to the measurement start point:1: The rapid traverse rate is used.0: The "feedrate to measurement start point" of the measurement

condition is used.CRY In measurement of the diameter of a stylus ball in the probe Z-axis

direction, shift amount measurement, outer diameter measurement,and inner diameter measurement:1: The Y-axis direction has priority as the measurement direction.0: The X-axis direction has priority as the measurement direction.

12381 Measurement condition variable start number

(Default value = 10000)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999Start number for the macro variable area where measurementconditions are set and held

12382 Calibration variable start number

(Default value = 10180)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999Start number for the macro variable area where calibration data is setand held.The result obtained using the measurement preparation function isstored in this variable.

12383 Measurement execution variable start number

(Default value = 10300)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999Variable area used in making measurements

Page 306: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

A.PARAMETERS B-63874EN-1/02

- 298 -

12384 Measurement result storage variable start number

(Default value = 10500)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999Start number for the macro variable area for holding measurementresults

12385 Number of variables for storing measurement results

(Default value = 699)[Data type] Word

[Valid data range] 0 to 9999Number of macro variables that can be used to hold measurementresults

NOTEIn connection with parameter No. 12381 toparameter No. 12385, the number of macrovariables (P-CODE macro variables) that can beactually used depends on the compile parametersetting of the machine tool builder. For details, referto the manual issued by the machine tool builder.

12386 PMC signal for measurement

(Default value = 951)[Data type] Word

[Valid data range] 0 to 9999Parameter used to specify the address of the R signal for PMC usedwith the measurement function.

12387 Number for a macro program for selecting a tool

(Default value = 3800)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999999Number representing the user macro program executed when the [TL-SEL] soft key is pressed

12388 Number for a macro program for making measurements

(Default value = 3600)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999999Number representing the user macro program executed when the[MESURE] soft key is pressed

Page 307: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 A.PARAMETERS

- 299 -

12390 Orientation M code for positioning the spindle at 0°

(Default value = 0)

12391 Orientation M code for positioning the spindle at 90°

(Default value = 0)

12392 Orientation M code for positioning the spindle at 180°

(Default value = 0)

12393 Orientation M code for positioning the spindle at 270°

(Default value = 0)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 99999999

12394 User program called in making manual tool measurements

(Default value = 0)

12395 User program called in making manual workpiece measurements

(Default value = 0)

12396 User program called in making automatic tool measurements

(Default value = 0)

12397 User program called in making automatic workpiece measurements

(Default value = 0)[Data type] Two-word

[Valid data range] 0 to 9999Number +0 is called at the start of measurement, and number +1 iscalled at the end of measurement.

NOTEIf an alarm condition occurs during measurement,no measurement-end program is called.

Page 308: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B.ALARMS B-63874EN-1/02

- 300 -

B ALARMSIf the setting of an input program or one or more parameters isincorrect, or a measurement condition or any other data is incorrect, aP/S alarm listed below is issued.If any P/S alarm other than those listed below is issued, refer to anapplicable NC operation manual.

Alarm No. DescriptionCause The probe length setting is not larger than 0.

3130Measure Perform calibration to measure the length of the probe, or enter the probe length on the

calibration data setting screen.Cause The setting of the stylus ball diameter in the X-axis direction is not larger than 0.

3131Measure Perform calibration to measure the diameter of the stylus ball, or enter the diameter of the

stylus ball on the calibration data setting screen.Cause The setting of the stylus ball diameter in the Y-axis direction is not larger than 0.

3132Measure Perform calibration to measure the diameter of the stylus ball, or enter the diameter of the

stylus ball on the calibration data setting screen.Cause No offset value in the X-axis direction for the stylus position has been set.

3133Measure Perform calibration to measure the offset value for the stylus position, or enter the offset

value for the stylus position on the calibration data setting screen.Cause No offset value in the Y-axis direction for the stylus position has been set.

3134Measure Perform calibration to measure the offset value for the stylus position, or enter the offset

value for the stylus position on the calibration data setting screen.Cause The feedrate for the first measurement cycle is not higher than 0.

3135Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the feedrate for the first measurement

cycle.Cause The approach distance for the first measurement cycle is not larger than 0.

3136Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the approach distance for the first

measurement cycle.Cause The feedrate for the second measurement cycle is not higher than 0.

3137Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the feedrate for the second

measurement cycle.Cause The overtravel distance for measurement is not larger than 0.

3138Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the overtravel distance for

measurement.Cause The feedrate of movement to the measurement start point is not higher than 0.

3139Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the feedrate of movement to the

measurement start point.Cause The return distance after contact in the second measurement cycle is not larger than 0.

3140Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the return distance after contact in the

second measurement cycle.Cause The position of the sensor signal is incorrect.

3141Measure Check the state of the sensor signal.Cause The probe has not touch the measurement position.

3142Measure

Change the measurement start position, or check the approach distance. For automaticmeasurement, make sure that the measurement position for the measurement cycle hasbeen entered.

Page 309: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 B.ALARMS

- 301 -

Alarm No. DescriptionCause The probe touched the workpiece during approach in the axis direction.

3143Measure Make sure that the measurement position for the measurement cycle has been entered.

Cause The return distance for the first measurement cycle (measurement distance for the secondmeasurement cycle) is not larger than 0.

3144Measure On the measurement condition setting screen, set the return distance for the first

measurement cycle.Cause The entered measurement condition value is incorrect.

3145Measure Make sure the entered measurement condition value is not greater than the number of

groups that can be used.Cause The entered measurement direction value is incorrect.

3146Measure Check the entered measurement direction value.Cause The tool failed to touch the tool.

3150Measure

Check the measurement start position, or check the approach distance. For automaticmeasurement, make sure that the measurement position for the measurement cycle hasbeen entered.

Cause It is impossible to perform measurement, using spindle orientation.3156

Measure The spindle orientation function is an option. If the option is available, check the settings ofparameter Nos. 12390 to 12393.

Cause No number for the workpiece coordinate system to which feedback is to be directed hasbeen entered.

3160Measure Check the number entered for the workpiece coordinate system to which feedback is to be

directed.

Cause The number entered for the workpiece coordinate system to which feedback is to bedirected is incorrect.

3161Measure Check the number entered for the workpiece coordinate system to which feedback is to be

directed.

Cause An option corresponding to the tool offset number or workpiece coordinate number towhich feedback is to be directed is unavailable.

3162Measure Check the tool offset number or workpiece coordinate number to which feedback is to be

directed and the item to which tool offset is to be set.Cause No workpiece coordinate value (first axis) has been entered.

3163Measure Make sure that the workpiece coordinate value (first axis) has been entered.Cause No workpiece coordinate value (second axis) has been entered.

3164Measure Make sure that the workpiece coordinate value (second axis) has been entered.Cause The axis specified as a feedback destination is invalid.

3166Measure Check the value entered in "OFFSET KIND" as a feedback destination.Cause The tool offset number for a feedback destination is incorrect.

3167Measure Check the value entered as the tool offset number for the feedback destination.Cause The tool offset number for a feedback destination is incorrect.

3168Measure Check the value entered as the tool offset number for the feedback destination.Cause The value entered as a feedback range is incorrect.

3169Measure Check the values entered as the OK and feedback ranges.Cause The measurement result failed to fall in the feedback range.

3170Measure Check the value entered as the feedback range and the measurement result.Cause The argument value for the measurement result number is incorrect.

3171Measure Check the number entered when information is loaded from a list of measurement results.

Cause No measurement result that matches the argument value for the measurement resultnumber was found.3172

Measure Check the number entered when information is loaded from a list of measurement results.Cause An unauthorized attempt was made to access tool management data.

3177Measure Make sure that the tool management option is available and running normally.

Page 310: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B.ALARMS B-63874EN-1/02

- 302 -

Alarm No. DescriptionCause An unauthorized attempt was made to access a macro variable.

3178Measure Make sure that the number set for a macro variable used with the set-up guidance function

is correct. (Parameter Nos. 12381 to 12385).Cause An unauthorized attempt was made to access a parameter.

3179Measure Make sure that the parameters set for the set-up guidance and tool management functions

are correct.Cause An unauthorized attempt was made to access a tool offset value.

3180Measure Make sure that the offset value for a specified tool can be read and written normally.Cause The specified tool number was not found.

3181Measure Check the tool number entered as a feedback destination.Cause The specified group number was not found.

3182Measure Check the group number entered as a feedback destination.Cause The value specified in parameter No.14825 is incorrect.

3183Measure Make sure that the value specified in parameter No.14825 is correct.Cause The specified offset type is incorrect.

3184Measure Check the offset type entered as a feedback destination.Cause An offset number and an offset type were specified at the same time.

3185Measure Make sure that the offset number and an offset type have not been specified at the same

time.Cause A tool number and a group were specified at the same time.

3186Measure Make sure that the tool and group numbers have not been specified as a feedback

destination at the same time.Cause System error: Control command

3187Measure

If this alarm is issued, it is likely that there may be a problem in the system. Inform FANUCof this alarm number and the contents of the machining program that encountered thealarm.

Cause A tool number is invalid.3188

Measure Check the tool number entered as a feedback destination.Cause A group number is invalid.

3189Measure Check the group number entered as a feedback destination.Cause An offset type is invalid.

3190Measure Check the offset type entered as a feedback destination.Cause System error: T/M

3191Measure

If this alarm is issued, it is likely that there may be a problem in the system. Inform FANUCof this alarm number and the contents of the machining program that encountered thealarm.

Cause System error: Setting destination3192

Measure Check the setting destination entered as a feedback destination.Cause System error: Setting condition

3193Measure Check the setting condition entered as a feedback destination.Cause An offset number is invalid.

3194Measure Check the offset number entered as a feedback destination.Cause System error: Variable

3195Measure

If this alarm is issued, it is likely that there may be a problem in the system. Inform FANUCof this alarm number and the contents of the machining program that encountered thealarm.

Cause System error: Memory

3296Measure

If this alarm is issued, it is likely that there may be a problem in the system. Inform FANUCof this alarm number and the contents of the machining program that encountered thealarm.

Cause The value set as the tool offset failed to fall in the allowable range.3297

Measure Check the maximum tool wear offset value specified in NC parameter No. 5013.

Page 311: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 B.ALARMS

- 303 -

Alarm No. Description

Cause If "GROUP NUMBER" is set as the setting destination in inspection after machining, a toolwhose life state is "USING" is not found when the results of measurement are fed back.

3298Measure Check if a tool whose state is "USING" is present among the tools that belong to the group

number specified as a feedback destination on the life management data screen.

Page 312: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 304 -

C CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINETOOL BUILDER

When the set-up guidance functions are used, each machine toolbuilder needs to perform customization in order to operate themeasurement functions. Customization measures for supportingvarious measurements needs are also available.

Page 313: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 305 -

C.1 CUSTOMIZATION FOR OPERATING THE SET-UPGUIDANCE FUNCTIONS

When using the measurement functions, each machine tool builderneeds to perform customization as described below. Thiscustomization work is required even when the FANUC standardmeasurement functions are used.

C.1.1 Customization for Operating Manual Measurement

For manual measurement operation, a PMC program used to start theoperation of the macro program for measurement execution needs tobe created.

Procedure for executing the macro program for measurement executionWhen the [MESURE] soft key is pressed on the manual measurementscreen, the macro program for measurement execution is executed formeasurement according to the procedure below.

<1> The MANUAL GUIDE system software turns on the userprogram execution start signal (GST).

<2> After the MEM mode is set, the PMC program turns on theautomatic operation start signal.

<3> The macro program for measurement execution set in theparameter indicated below is executed.

<4> Upon completion of program operation, the PMC program turnson the user program execution end signal (GERS).

User program number for measurement executionSpecify a user program (P-CODE macro program) formeasurement execution in the following parameter:

12388 Macro program number for measurement execution

(Default value = 3600)

Modification to the PMC program<1> Execution start processing at user program call time

When the [MESURE] soft key is pressed on the measurementexecution screen, the MANUAL GUIDE system software sets bit0 (hereinafter referred to as "GST") of the R signal specified inparameter No. 12386 to 1 to start the execution of the calledprogram.GST=1: Requests the start of execution after switching the modeto the MEM mode.

In response to the request above, the PMC program must switchthe mode to the NEM mode, then perform processing for startingmachining operation.

Page 314: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 306 -

<2> User program execution end signal GERSWhen the user program ends with the M02 or M30 command,the PMC program must set bit 7 (hereinafter referred to as"GERS") of the R signal specified in parameter No. 12386 to 1.GERS=1: End of user program execution

In response to the request above, the system software sets theGST signal to 0.After the GST signal is set to 0, the PMC program must switchthe mode from the MEMORY mode to the previous mode, thenset the GERS signal to 0.

<Timing chart>

GST (CNC->PMC)

MD1-3 : MEM mode(PMC -> CNC)

ST(PMC -> CNC)

STL(CNC -> PMC)

Execution of playback machining

ERS(PMC -> CNC) M02, M30

GERS(PMC -> CNC)

M02, M30

Page 315: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 307 -

C.1.2 Customization for Performing Tool Change from the ToolMeasurement Screen for Manual Measurement

To change the tool when the [TL-SEL] soft key is pressed on the toolselection screen, create a P-CODE macro program to be called fortool change.

Tool number"TOOL NO." entered on the "T-SELECT" screen is stored in thefollowing variable:#(value of parameter No. 12383 + 0) Tool number T entered on the screen

Tool change mechanismWhen the [TL-SEL] soft key is pressed, the PMC signal for toolchange is turned on, and the user program for tool change specified inthe following parameter is activated:

12387 Macro program number for tool selection execution

(Default value = 3800)

The procedure used until the macro program for tool change isactivated after the PMC signal is turned on is the same as for manualmeasurement. For details, see "Procedure for executing the macroprogram for measurement execution" described in Section C.1.1.

Page 316: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 308 -

C.1.3 Support for a Machine with a CNC for Combined MachineTools

Measurement variableAs variables for measurement, P-CODE macro variables common toturning and milling are used.When variables numbered #10000 to less than #20000 are used asvariables for measurement, set bit 1 (TIVR1) of compile parameterNo. 9007 to 1. (When variables numbered #20000 to less than #30000are used, those variables are common to turning and milling. So, thecompile parameter need not be set.)

Auxiliary macroAfter measurement execution, an auxiliary macro is used to set theresults of measurement as the offset value and workpiece origin offsetof the other system. The number of this auxiliary macro is O3650.Accordingly, set 3650 in the compile parameter No. 9039 on theturning and milling side.If the auxiliary macro is already used, add processing so that O3650 iscalled from the main macro program.

Page 317: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 309 -

C.2 OTHER CUSTOMIZATION OPERATIONS

C.2.1 User Macro Program Called for Measurement Execution

When a measurement cycle starts or ends, the user macros specifiedin parameter No. 12396 and parameter No. 12397 are called. Whenthe measurement macro called by pressing the [MESURE] key on themanual measurement screen starts or ends, the user macros specifiedin parameter No. 12394 and parameter No. 12395 are called.By using these user macro programs, measurement instrument switchON/OFF control can be automatically exercised at the time ofmeasurement execution.

NOTEA user program is called by an M98-basedsubprogram call.

Referencing a measurement type numberIn a user macro program, the measurement type number (screennumber) of the calling measurement macro can be referenced.Accordingly, based on this number, the operation in the user macroprogram can be changed according to the type of measurement.

(1) Variable for storing a measurement type numberFor a measurement type number, reference the followingvariable:

Variable with the variable number set in parameter No.12383 +1

(Example)When 20300 is set in parameter No. 12383, the variable numberto be referenced is #20301.

Page 318: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 310 -

(2) Measurement type numberA measurement type number indicated below is posted to theuser macro program according to the type of measurement.

- For manual measurementThe table below indicates the relationships betweenmeasurement types and numbers.

Type of measurement No.Touch sensor position measurement 1Probe length calibration 2Stylus ball diameter calibration 3Stylus offsets calibration-A 4

Calibration

Stylus offsets calibration-B 5Tool measurement Tool measurement 30

Single surface measurement probeZ-axis 10

Single surface measurement probeX-axis 110

Outside diameter work setup 11Inside diameter work setup 12Outside width work setup 13Inside width work setup 14C-axis outside width work setup 15

Work set

C-axis inside width work setup 16Single surface measurement probeZ-axis 40

Single surface measurement probeX-axis 140

Outside diameter work setup 41Inside diameter work setup 42Outside width work setup 43

Measure

Inside width work setup 44

- For a measurement cycleIn the case of a measurement cycle, the measurement typenumber consists of the lower three digits of the four-digit Gcode of a calling measurement cycle.

(Example)For G2010 rotary tool measurement (tool in the Z-axisdirection), the measurement type number is 10.For G2143 outside diameter measurement (probe inthe X-axis direction), the measurement type number is143.

Page 319: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 311 -

Example of user programThe example below exercises control by setting separate sensorpreparation signals to ON according to the type of measurement in theuser program called at the time of automatic tool measurementexecution.

(Example)O9000 /*User program called at the time of automatic toolmeasurement execution*/ :#100=P12383 /*Read parameter No. 12383*/ :/*Check the turning tool measurement cycle*/IF[#[#100+1] EQ 11 || #[#100+1] EQ 111]THEN(Set the preparation signal of the sensor for turning toolmeasurement to ON)ENDIF/*Check the rotary tool measurement cycle*/IF[#[#100+1] EQ 10 || #[#100+1] EQ 110]THEN(Set the preparation signal of the sensor for rotary toolmeasurement to ON)ENDIF :

Referencing other information itemsAdditional data set on the screen can be referenced as describedbelow.

- For manual measurementInput data is stored in the following variables:Tool measurement

#[n+2] Measurement direction#[n+3] Measurement condition

Single surface measurement#[n+2] Measurement direction#[n+3] Measurement condition

Outside diameter work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Spindle orientation enable/disable#[n+6] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

Inside diameter work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Spindle orientation enable/disable#[n+6] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

Page 320: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 312 -

Outside width work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 2)

Inside width work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 2)

C-axis outside width work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 2)

C-axis inside width work setup#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 2)

Touch sensor position measurement#[n+2] Measurement direction#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Reference tool dimension in the Z direction#[n+5] Reference tool dimension in the XY direction

Probe length calibration#[n+2] Measurement direction (= -Z)#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Reference surface height

Stylus ball diameter calibration#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Reference workpiece diameter#[n+6] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

Page 321: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 313 -

Stylus ball diameter calibration#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Reference workpiece diameter#[n+6] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

Stylus offsets calibration-A#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Reference workpiece diameter#[n+6] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

Stylus offsets calibration-B#[n+2] Measurement direction at each point#[n+3] Measurement condition#[n+4] Measurement point (1 to 4)#[n+5] Reference workpiece diameter#[n+6] Center coordinate first axis#[n+7] Center coordinate second axis#[n+8] Measurement direction (measurement plane)

* "n" in the tables above represents the value set in parameterNo. 12383.

* The items above can assume the following values:Setting item DataMeasurement

direction +X:1,-X:2,+Y:3,-Y:4,+Z:5,-Z:6,+C:7,-C:8

Measurementcondition

Condition 1:1, Condition 2:2, Condition 3:3,Condition 4:4, Condition 5:5, Condition 6:6

Measurementpoint

Measurement point 1:1, Measurement point 2:2,Measurement point 3:3, Measurement 4:4

Spindleorientation Valid:1, Invalid:-1

Measurementdirection

(measurementplane)

X-Y plane:1, Y-Z plane:2

- For a measurement cycleThe value of the argument of a four-digit G block can be directlyreferenced by specifying the argument by a macro call.

Page 322: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 314 -

C.2.2 Recalculation Processing Using a Measurement Result List

In manual measurement and automatic measurement using the set-upguidance functions, measurement results are stored in macro variablesfor a measurement result list. A calculation using this measurementresult data can be made with a custom macro program or P-CODEmacro program.This calculation capability can be used when multiple measurementcycles are involved, and feedback operation is not performed in eachmeasurement but feedback operation is performed by recalculatingfeedback values finally based on the results of individualmeasurements.

Subprogram for acquiring data from the measurement result listTo acquire measurement results from the measurement result list, callthe following P-CODE macro program:O3890: Subprogram for acquiring measurement results from themeasurement result list

Call format: G65P3890 Q[measurement-result-number]Input: Number of a measurement result on the measurement result list(The number "1" is assigned to the latest measurement result.)Output: Measurement result data (P-CODE macro variable)

(Output data)Variable number Description Meaning of value

#[Parameter No.12383+50] Measurement type Measurement typenumber

#[Parameter No.12383+51] Distinction between manual and automatic 1:Manual, 2:Automatic#[Parameter No.12383+52] Date#[Parameter No.12383+53] Time

#[Parameter No.12383+54] Decision result (OK/NG/FB/-) 1:No decision, 1:NG,3:OK, 4:Feedback

#[Parameter No.12383+55] Setting destination Described later#[Parameter No.12383+56] Setting destination details Described later#[Parameter No.12383+57] Setting destination compensation type Described later

#[Parameter No.12383+58] Setting destination offset number/measurement condition group number Described later

#[Parameter No.12383+59] Measurement result X#[Parameter No.12383+60] Measurement result Y#[Parameter No.12383+61] Measurement result Z#[Parameter No.12383+62] Measurement result C#[Parameter No.12383+63] Measurement result Diameter, width#[Parameter No.12383+66] Target value X#[Parameter No.12383+67] Target value Y#[Parameter No.12383+68] Target value Z#[Parameter No.12383+69] Target value C#[Parameter No.12383+70] Target value Diameter, width

#[Parameter No.12383+73] Setting Workpiece coordinate system X, touchsensor position X

#[Parameter No.12383+74] Setting Workpiece coordinate system Y, touchsensor position Y

Page 323: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 315 -

Variable number Description Meaning of value

#[Parameter No.12383+75] Setting Workpiece coordinate system Z, touchsensor position Z

#[Parameter No.12383+76] Setting Workpiece coordinate system C#[Parameter No.12383+77] Setting Offset feedback value

#[Parameter No.12383+82] OK range on the T side The latest data isacquired at all times.

#[Parameter No.12383+83] Feedback range on the T side The latest data isacquired at all times.

#[Parameter No.12383+84] OK range on the M side The latest data isacquired at all times.

#[Parameter No.12383+85] Feedback range on the M side The latest data isacquired at all times.

Setting destination Setting destinationdetails

Settingdestination

compensationtype

Setting destinationcompensation type/

measurement conditiongroup number

1 = X axis2 = Z axis3 = Radius4 = Y axis

1 = T series – Tool offset

5 = B axis

1 = Geometry2 = Wear Offset number

6 = Tool lengthcompensation2 = M series – Tool offset

7 = Cutter compensation

1 = Geometry2 = Wear Offset number

8 = Workpiececoordinate system3 = T series – Workpiece

coordinate system 9 = Workpiececoordinate systemset number addition

0 Offset number

8 = Workpiececoordinate system4 = M series – Workpiece

coordinate system 9 = Workpiececoordinate systemset number addition

0 Offset number

5 = Calibration 0 0 Measurement conditiongroup number

Page 324: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER B-63874EN-1/02

- 316 -

Sample programThe sample program below, O2099, measures the centers of twocircular pockets and finds the distance between the centers.O2099(SAMPLE)G2024Q1.D80.H0.V0.L-20.R30.F50.P4.M2.

Circle centering measurement 1G2024Q1.D80.H100.V100.L-20.R30.F50.P4.M2.

Circle centering measurement 2(CENTER 1)G110Q2.

Acquire measurement results of circle centering measurement 1#131=#109 Center X coordinate obtained by measurement#132=#110 Center Y coordinate obtained by measurement(CENTER 2)G110Q1.

Acquire measurement results of circle centering measurement 2#133=#109 Center X coordinate obtained by measurement#134=#110 Center Y coordinate obtained by measurement(CALCULATE)#135=ABS[#133-#131]#136=ABS[#134-#132]#137=SQRT[#135*#135+#136*#136]

Calculate distance between centersM02%

(Additional information)User macro programThis sample program calls a user macro program with the G code(G110) to acquire measurement results.

Code of the user macro programO9010 G65P3890 Q[#17]#1 = P12383#99100 = #[#1+50] /* Measure ID */#99101 = #[#1+51] /* Manual / Auto */#99102 = #[#1+52] /* Date */#99103 = #[#1+53] /* Time */#99104 = #[#1+54] /* Judgement Code */#99105 = #[#1+55] /* Set Data Type */#99106 = #[#1+56] /* Set Data Kind */#99107 = #[#1+57] /* Set Offset Type */#99108 = #[#1+58] /* Set Data Number */#99109 = #[#1+59] /* Result X */#99110 = #[#1+60] /* Result Y */#99111 = #[#1+61] /* Result Z */#99112 = #[#1+62] /* Result C */#99113 = #[#1+63] /* Result D */#99114 = #[#1+66] /* Target X */#99115 = #[#1+67] /* Target Y */#99116 = #[#1+68] /* Target Z */

Page 325: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 C.CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL BUILDER

- 317 -

#99117 = #[#1+69] /* Target C */#99118 = #[#1+70] /* Target D */#99119 = #[#1+73] /* FeedBack X */#99120 = #[#1+74] /* FeedBack Y */#99121 = #[#1+75] /* FeedBack Z */#99122 = #[#1+76] /* FeedBack C */#99123 = #[#1+77] /* FeedBack Offset */m99

Page 326: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE
Page 327: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

B-63874EN-1/02 INDEX

i-1

INDEX<A>

ALARMS...................................................................... 300

<C>C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF INSIDE CAVE59

C AXIS PHASE MEASUREMENT OF OUTSIDE

GROOVE ................................................................. 55

CALIBRATION ............................................................... 6

CALIBRATION (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION) ...... 183

CALIBRATION (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)......... 80

C-axis Inside Width Measurement........................ 162, 237

C-axis Outside Width Measurement ..................... 157, 234

Clearing Measurement Result List Data ....................... 274

CUSTOMIZATION BY THE MACHINE TOOL

BUILDER............................................................... 304

Customization for Operating Manual Measurement..... 305

CUSTOMIZATION FOR OPERATING THE SET-UP

GUIDANCE FUNCTIONS.................................... 305

Customization for Performing Tool Change from

the Tool Measurement Screen for Manual

Measurement .......................................................... 307

<D>Data Display ................................................................. 268

Data Displayed on the RESULT Screen ....................... 272

Data Input/Output......................................................... 269

Displaying the RESULT Screen ................................... 271

Displays on the Screen.......................... 278, 282, 286, 289

<E>End Face (X-axis Direction) Measurement

........................................................ 129, 165, 215, 240

End Face (Y-axis Direction) Measurement

........................................................ 135, 169, 217, 241

End Face (Z-axis Direction) Measurement

........................................................ 137, 170, 219, 242

<I>Inputting Calibration Data from Memory Cards........... 267

Inputting Measurement Conditions from Memory Cards260

Inside Diameter Measurement .. 47, 69, 146, 176, 224, 247

Inside Width Measurement....... 54, 73, 154, 182, 231, 251

<M>MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS................... 1

MEASURE ..................................................................... 60

MEASURE (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION) .............. 240

MEASURE (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION)............... 165

MEASUREMENT CYCLE ............................................ 74

MEASUREMENT RESULT DISPLAY SCREENS .... 270

MEASUREMENT RESULT LIST SCREENS ............ 271

MEASUREMENT SCREEN SELECTION ................... 75

MEASUREMENT SETTING SCREENS .................... 253

Milling Tool Measurement ................................... 109, 202

<O>OTHER CUSTOMIZATION OPERATIONS.............. 309

Output Format............................................................... 276

Outputting Calibration Data to Memory Cards............. 266

Outputting Measurement Conditions to Memory

Cards ...................................................................... 259

Outputting Meurement Result List Data to Memory

Cards ...................................................................... 275

OUTPUTTING THE MEASUREMENT RESULT

LIST TO MEMORY CARADS.............................. 275

Outside Diameter Measurement

............................................ 40, 66, 139, 171, 220, 243

Outside Width Measurement .... 48, 70, 149, 180, 227, 250

OUTSIDE WIDTH MEASUREMENT.......................... 70

<P>PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS ................................. 297

PARAMETERS............................................................ 295

POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (AUTOMATIC

MEASUREMENT) ................................................ 289

POST-MACHINING INSPECTION (MANUAL

MEASUREMENT) ................................................ 282

PROBE LENGTH CALIBRATION................................. 9

Probe Length Measurement .................................... 89, 188

<R>Recalculation Processing Using a Measurement Result

List.......................................................................... 314

Referencing and Setting Probe Form Data.................... 265

Referencing and Setting Touch Sensor Position Data .. 263

REQUIRED PARAMETERS....................................... 296

Page 328: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

INDEX B-63874EN-1/02

i-2

<S>Selecting CALIBRATE .................................................... 2

Selecting MEASURE ....................................................... 5

Selecting the CALIBRATION Screen .......................... 261

SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN........................ 2

Selecting the MEASURE Screen.......................... 282, 289

Selecting the TOOL MEASUREMENT Screen ... 278, 286

Selecting TOOL MESUR ................................................. 3

Selecting WORK SET ...................................................... 4

SETTING AND REFERENCING CALIBRATION

DATA..................................................................... 261

Setting Calibration Data ............................................... 262

Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF TOOL

MEASUREMENT.................................................. 256

Setting MEASURE CONDITION OF WORK

SET/MEASURE..................................................... 257

SETTING MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS ............. 254

SETTING OF A RANGE FOR DISABLING

FEEDBACK........................................................... 252

SETTING OF MEASURE CONDITON ...................... 255

SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE .......... 38

SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE

Z-AXIS..................................................................... 31

SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE

X-AXIS .................................................................... 65

SINGLE SURFACE MEASUREMENT PROBE

Z-AXIS..................................................................... 60

Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-A.............. 98, 195

Stylus Ball Center Offset Measurement-B............ 104, 199

STYLUS BALL DIAMETER CALIBRATION............. 13

Stylus Ball Diameter Measurement ........................ 93, 191

STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-A........................ 17

STYLUS OFFSETS CALIBRATION-B ........................ 20

Support for a Machine with a CNC for Combined

Machine Tools........................................................ 308

SUPPORT FOR INCH/METRIC SWITCHING WITH

THE SET-UP GUIDANCE FUNCTIONS............. 268

SUPPORTING TOOL MANAGEMENT..................... 277

<T>TOOL MEASUREMENT .............................................. 23

TOOL MEASUREMENT

(AUTOMATIC MEASUREMENT) ...................... 286

TOOL MEASUREMENT

(MANUAL MEASUREMENT)............................. 278

TOOL MEASUREMENT

(TOOL X-AXIS DIRECTION) .............................. 202

TOOL MEASUREMENT

(TOOL Z-AXIS DIRECTION) .............................. 109

Touch Sensor Position Measurement.................. 6, 80, 183

Turning Tool Measurement .................................. 121, 209

<U>User Macro Program Called for Measurement

Execution................................................................ 309

<W>WORK SET.................................................................... 31

WORK SET (PROBE X-AXIS DIRECTION)............. 215

WORK SET (PROBE Z-AXIS DIRECTION) ............. 129

Page 329: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

Rev

isio

n R

ecor

d

FAN

UC

MAN

UAL

GU

IDE i

SET-

UP

GU

IDAN

CE

FUN

CTI

ON

S O

PER

ATO

R’S

MAN

UAL

(B-6

3874

EN-1

)

02Ja

n., 2

003

•Im

prov

emen

ts o

f th

e m

easu

ring

mov

emen

t of

the

mea

sure

men

t cyc

le a

re a

pplie

d.•

Supp

ort f

or in

ch/m

m s

witc

hing

is a

dded

.•

Con

tent

s of

cus

tom

izat

ion

in th

e m

achi

ne to

ol b

uild

erar

e ad

ded.

•C

orre

ctio

n of

erro

rs

01Au

g., 2

002

Editi

onD

ate

Con

tent

sEd

ition

Dat

eC

onte

nts

Page 330: GE Fanuc Automation - JAMETjamet.com/Fanuc_Web_Manuals/Prog/63874EN1.pdf1.MANUAL MEASUREMENT FUNCTIONS B-63874EN-1/02 - 2 - 1.1 SELECTING THE MEASURE SCREEN1.1.1 Selecting CALIBRATE

• No part of this manual may bereproduced in any form.

• All specifications and designsare subject to change withoutnotice.


Recommended